See in Reader
1017 KiB
1017 KiB
Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note front:intro t6za 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses 12 disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n\n * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them,” but translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language in which he originally wrote this Gospel. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, then the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3–4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md)) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 1:intro k29b 0 # John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have to their father at any age. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 1:1 er9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν 1 This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:1 z59q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος & καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος 1 Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:2 u6xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὗτος 1 **He** here refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1:2 k8cf ἐν ἀρχῇ 1 Here this phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. See how you translated this phrase in verse [1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “before the beginning of the universe” or “before the universe began” 1:3 gm5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God made all things through him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1:3 t1lj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus, the one who is called “the Word.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1:3 aqs1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν 1 If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “with him came into being everything that came into being” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 1:3 v4yk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God did not make one thing without him” or “with him, God made everyting that God has made” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1:4 pz5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ζωὴ 1 Here it is best to use a general term for **life**. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]]) If you must use a more specific word, consider that **life** here could refer to: (1) eternal life, which is the meaning John uses for this term throughout this Gospel. Alternate translation: “the means of receiving eternal life” (2) physical life, which would mean that this verse continues the discussion about the creation of the universe in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things” (3) both physical life and eternal life. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things and the source of eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:4 ffbw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ἡ ζωὴ 1 Here, **the life** refers to the same life stated in the previous phrase. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:4 dpeb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Here John uses **light** to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the true and good things God has for men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:4 saci rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 John uses **of** to indicate to whom the **light** is given. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the light given to men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 1:4 jzwk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 1:5 dgin rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς & φαίνει 1 John uses **the light shines** to refer to God’s truth and goodness being revealed as if it were a light shining. This truth and goodness was revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “God reveals his truth and goodness” or “God’s truth and goodness is like a light that shines” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:5 y5ry rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ & καὶ ἡ σκοτία 1 Here John uses **darkness** to refer to what is false and evil. It is the spiritual **darkness** of the people in the world who do not love Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “in the false and evil world, and that evil world” or “in the evil world that is like a dark place, and that dark place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:5 w9ni αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν 1 Here the word translated **overcome** could also be translated as “understand.” It could mean: (1) the evil forces in the world did not conquer God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer it” (2) the people in the world who don’t know God do not understand his truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not comprehend it” (3) the evil forces of this world neither conquered nor understood God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer or comprehend it” 1:5 yv8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν 1 Here, **it** refers to the light mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “did not overcome the light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1:6 qa1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1:6 gih6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:7 mtlb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὗτος 1 **He** here refers to John the Baptist, who was introduced in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1:7 mht8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor περὶ τοῦ φωτός 1 Here John uses **light** to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:7 cdl5 δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **through him** indicates the means by which everyone might believe in the light. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of him” 1:8 pn9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 **That one** here refers to John the Baptist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1:8 kbwh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς & τοῦ φωτός 1 See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God … Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:9 xe1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν, ὃ 1 Here John uses **light** to refer to Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who truly embodied God’s truth, who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:9 rbsj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον 1 Here, John uses **light** to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which reveals the true and good things of God to all men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:9 u00s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 1:10 c2ne rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἦν & δι’ αὐτοῦ & αὐτὸν 1 **He** and **him** in this verse refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was … through Jesus … Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1:10 io8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here, **world** refers to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1:10 krcb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the whole universe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1:10 b93e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω 1 Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that the world would recognize its Creator, and what happened, that the world did to do that. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but the world did not know him” or “yet the world did not know him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) 1:10 ke5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 2 Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1:10 t1qv οὐκ ἔγνω 1 Alternate translation: “did not acknowledge” 1:11 jvgs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ ἴδια & οἱ ἴδιοι 1 Here, **his own** could refer to: (1) his own people, the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “his fellow Jews … his fellow Jews” (2) his own creation. Alternate translation: “the people he created … the people he created” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:11 h13y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that his own people would know their Messiah, and what happened, that his own people did not do that. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) 1:11 va1w αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον 1 Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. Alternate translation: “did not accept him” or “did not welcome him” 1:12 pvtl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ὅσοι δὲ ἔλαβον αὐτόν, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τέκνα Θεοῦ γενέσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. You will also need to adjust some words to fit the new order. Alternate translation: “But as many as received him and believed in his name, he gave to them the authority to become children of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 1:12 ijje ἔλαβον αὐτόν 1 Here, **received** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “accepted him” or “welcomed him” 1:12 x4f9 ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν 1 Here, the word translated **authority** means either the right or ability to do something. Alternate translation: “he gave to them the right” or “he made it possible for them” 1:12 uc6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 Here John uses **children** to refer to people who love and obey God. The relationship between God and those who love him is like the relationship between a father and his children. Because this is an important concept in the Bible, you should not state the meaning plainly here, but you may use a simile. Alternate translation: “like children who have God as their father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:12 jp3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 Here John uses **name** to refer to Jesus’ identity and everything about him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who believed in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1:13 no4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἳ 1 Here **the ones** here refers to the children of God mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:13 ygxb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἳ οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων & ἐγεννήθησαν 1 John uses **born** to describe God changing a person from being spiritually dead to being spiritually alive when they believe in Jesus. John recorded Jesus referring to this change as being “born again” in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an expression that indicates spiritual rebirth rather than physical birth. Alternate translation: “These were born spiritually, not from blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:13 k24g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων & ἐγεννήθησαν 1 Here, **bloods** refers to the bloodlines or genetic contributions of both parents of a child. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were not born from human bloodlines” or “were not born from human decent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:13 it6r ἐξ 1 Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of” 1:13 jtjr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς 1 John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of the flesh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1:13 oj53 ἐκ 1 Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of” 1:13 kqdf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς 1 Here John is using the term **flesh** to refer to a human being, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the human will” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1:13 jjyp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς 1 John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1:13 v4t0 ἐκ 2 Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of” 1:13 pbur ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς 1 The term **a man** used here refers specifically to an adult male person and may also be translated “husband.” In this verse it refers to a father’s desire to have a child like himself. Alternate translation: “from the will of a husband” 1:13 bljo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἐκ Θεοῦ 1 John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “but they were born from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1:13 yo2q ἐκ 3 Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of” 1:14 ft2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ λόγος 1 Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” See how you translated this phrase in [John 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:14 x1ae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche σὰρξ ἐγένετο 1 Here, **flesh** represents “a person” or “a human being.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1:14 fais rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα 1 Here the pronouns **us** and **we** are exclusive since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, but the people to whom he is writing did not see Jesus. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 1:14 z37d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “his glorious character, the glorious character” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1:14 x8l3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός 1 The phrase **the One and Only** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the One and Only from the Father, Jesus,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:14 wa23 μονογενοῦς 1 Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique One” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten One” 1:14 zirk παρὰ πατρός 1 The phrase **from the Father** means that Jesus came from the presence of God the Father to the world. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who came from the Father” 1:14 b5t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples πατρός 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 1:14 tg4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας 1 Here, John uses **full of** to describe Jesus fully possessing a quality, as if grace and truth were objects that could fill a person. If this might confuse you readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fully possessing grace and truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:14 c3b4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “full of God’s gracious and faithful character” or “full of kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1:15 xduu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture Ἰωάννης μαρτυρεῖ περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 1:15 qxgz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations καὶ κέκραγεν λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and has cried out, and he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 1:15 yfuv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes οὗτος ἦν ὃν εἶπον, ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος, ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν. 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “This was the one I said would come after me, and who would be greater than me for he was before me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 1:15 k7rm ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started, and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He who starts his ministry after I have done so” 1:15 q75h ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν 1 Here, **greater** refers to being more important or having a superior position. Alternate translation: “is more important than I am” or “is superior to me” 1:15 lrd7 ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν 1 Here, **before me** means that Jesus existed earlier in time than John. This does not mean that Jesus is more important because he is older than John in human years. Jesus is greater and more important than John because he is God the Son, who has always existed. Alternate translation: “for he existed before I was born” 1:16 punh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 **For** here introduces the reason why John said that Jesus is “full of grace and truth” in verse [14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “We can say that Jesus is full of grace and truth because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 1:16 iriv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1:16 p3zg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **fullness** refers to the grace and truth which John said Jesus was full of in verse [14](../01/14.md). If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fullness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what he is full of” or “his full amount of grace and truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1:16 vmyz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς πάντες ἐλάβομεν 1 Here, **we** refers to John and all believers. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “all of we believers have received” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 1:16 yrg8 πάντες ἐλάβομεν καὶ χάριν 1 Here, **even** indicates that “grace after grace” explains what “his fullness” means. Alternate translation: “have all received, that is, grace” or “have all received, namely, grace” 1:16 b9r1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “kind act after kind act” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1:16 avst χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος 1 Here, **after** could mean: (1) the second “grace” replaces the first “grace,” which is the most common use for this word. This meaning could indicate that the first “grace” refers to “the law” and the second “grace” refers to “Grace and truth” in the next verse. Alternate translation: “grace in place of grace” or “grace instead of grace” (2) the second “grace” is in addition to the first “grace.” Alternate translation: “grace in addition to” or “grace upon grace” 1:17 iata rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωϋσέως ἐδόθη, ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐγένετο 1 John placed the two sentences in this verse next to each other without any connecting word in order to show a contrast between the law of Moses and the grace and truth of Jesus. This does not mean that the law of Moses did not have grace and truth. Rather, John is indicating that the grace and truth revealed by Jesus is more complete than that revealed in the law of Moses. Although God revealed himself and his will through the law of Moses, he did so much more clearly though Jesus, who is God in human form. Alternate translation: “the law was given through Moses. In contrast, grace and truth came about through Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) 1:17 xsbj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωϋσέως ἐδόθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God gave the law through Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1:17 kup2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ὁ νόμος & ἐδόθη 1 The word **law** is a singular noun that refers to the many laws and instructions that God gave to the Israelites. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the group of laws was given” or “God’s laws were given” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) 1:17 vm1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “God’s gracious and faithful character” or “Kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 1:18 vf9q μονογενὴς Θεὸς 1 Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique God” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten God” 1:18 r1la μονογενὴς Θεὸς 1 Here, **God** indicates that Jesus, who is called **the One and Only**, is God. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the One and Only, who is God” 1:18 rflq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁ ὢν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Here, **in the bosom of** is an idiom that refers to having a close and intimate relationship with someone. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who has a close relationship with the Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1:18 h5cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 1:18 kmqm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, **that one** refers to Jesus in an emphatic way. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1:18 zc8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐξηγήσατο 1 Here, **him** is not in the original text, but is necessary for English. It refers to God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has made the Father known” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1:18 pmw5 ἐξηγήσατο 1 Here, the word translated **has made him known** refers to making people know something by explaining or revealing it clearly. Alternate translation: “has explained him” or “has fully revealed him” 1:19 t5pf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ Ἰωάννου 1 Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:19 e1dz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the “Jewish leaders.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 1:20 b7zz ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν 1 The phrase “he confessed” expresses in positive terms the same thing that **he did not deny** expresses in negative terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this. Alternate translation: “he strongly confessed” or “he solemnly testified” 1:21 f926 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἠρώτησαν 1 Here, **they** refers to “the Jews,” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews asked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1:21 iv9d τί οὖν? 1 Alternate translation: “If you are not the Messiah, then who are you?” 1:21 vk6r Ἠλείας 1 **Elijah** was a prophet whom the Jews expected to return to earth shortly become the arrival of the Messiah. 1:21 h2dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 1:21 nhx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ προφήτης 1 Here, **the Prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:22 t8ib rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns εἶπαν & αὐτῷ 1 Here, the pronouns **they** and **him** refer to the priests and Levites and John the Baptist, respectively. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites said to John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1:22 wbd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τίς εἶ? ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς; τί 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. This may require you to change the punctuation of the sentences. Alternate translation: “Who are you? Tell us so that we might given an answer to those who sent us. What” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1:22 x8wz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive δῶμεν & ἡμᾶς 1 Here, **we** and **us** refer to the priests and Levites, not to John. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 1:22 fmc8 ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν 1 Alternate translation: “so that we might tell your answer” 1:22 sa3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς 1 This phrase refers to the Jewish leaders in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those leaders in Jerusalem who sent us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:23 x314 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 In these phrases, John quotes from the Old Testament book of Isaiah ([Isaiah 40:3](../../isa/40/03.md)). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) 1:23 baa5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 Here, **voice** refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1:23 p7kc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 This clause is a quotation within a quotation. John is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you could translate this material as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I am a voice crying out in the wilderness to make the way of the Lord straight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 1:23 iry1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Here John the Baptist quotes Isaiah, using this clause to refer to telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by repenting of their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Repent of your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:23 v1gi Ἠσαΐας ὁ προφήτης 1 **Isaiah** wrote the book of **Isaiah**, in the Bible. 1:24 bk96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 This verse is background information about the people who questioned John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 1:24 uq5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπεσταλμένοι 1 Here, **the ones** refers to the priests and Levites, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites who had been sent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:24 guqm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the Jewish leaders sent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1:24 f4xj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 This phrase could refer to: (1) the priests and Levites who had been sent. Alternate translation: “belonged to the Pharisees” (2) the leaders in Jerusalem who sent the priests and Levites. Alternate translation: “were sent from the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:25 s00c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἠρώτησαν 1 Here, **they** refers to the priests and Levites who had been sent from Jerusalem, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites from Jerusalem asked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1:25 u7is rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ προφήτης 1 Here, **the Prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:26 la26 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:26 aupp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰωάννης λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John answered them, and he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 1:27 x2ki rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who starts his ministry after I have done so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:27 y7v5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μου & οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος 1 Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. John the Baptist uses this expression figurative to refer to the most unpleasant work of a servant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” or “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:28 r4ty rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 # General Information:\n\nThis verse provides background information about the setting of the story that is recorded in [1:19–27](../01/19.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 1:28 u0iq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to the events that were described in [1:19–27](../01/19.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This conversation between John and the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:28 f5he rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Here, **beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the Jordan River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1:28 ryi1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:29 bt67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τῇ ἐπαύριον 1 **The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:19–28](../01/19.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) 1:29 aqo3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture βλέπει & λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 1:29 fpj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 John the Baptist uses the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:29 gi3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **Lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:29 j397 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 John the Baptist uses a metaphor here to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb]]) Since **Lamb of God** is an important title for Jesus, you should translate the words directly and not provide a plain explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:29 cgxj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ αἴρων 1 Here John the Baptist speaks of forgiving sin as if sin were an object that Jesus is **taking away**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who is forgiving” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:29 rg4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 John the Baptist uses **world** to refer to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of those who live in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1:30 x393 ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν. 1 See how you translated this in verse [15](../01/15.md). 1:31 himw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1:31 hb8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν 1 Here John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t know who Jesus was, because Jesus was his cousin. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:31 dr02 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἵνα φανερωθῇ τῷ Ἰσραὴλ διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here John uses the redundant words **so that** and **because of this** to emphasize the reason why he was baptizing people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and indicate the emphasis. Alternate translation: “for the exact purpose that he might be revealed to Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1:31 s9dj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 Here John uses the name of the nation, **Israel**, to represent the people who belong to that nation. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 1:31 jr9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to the revealing of the Messiah to Israel that is mentioned in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he might be revealed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:32 mcc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐμαρτύρησεν Ἰωάννης λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John testified, and he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 1:32 xyr3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡς περιστερὰν 1 This phrase is a simile. As [Luke 3:22](../../luk/03/22.md) indicates, the Holy Spirit came down with an appearance that resembled a **dove**. Alternate translation: “resembling a dove” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) 1:32 uji2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “upon Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1:33 y1bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν 1 Here John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t recognize who Jesus was when he saw him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not recognize that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:33 ccys rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός 1 Here, the phrases **the one who sent me** and **that one** both refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me to baptize in water,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:33 x8lb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 Here John the Baptist is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to refer to spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the **Holy Spirit**, who purifies them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he is the one who will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:34 ea3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Although most copies of this text say **Son of God**, some say “chosen one of God” or “chosen Son of God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 1:34 naf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 1:35 i3lg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν 1 **The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:29–34](../01/29.md). John saw Jesus two days after his conversation with the priests and Levites that is described in verses [19–28](../01/19.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Two days after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) 1:36 kuol rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 1:36 ntaw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **Lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:36 t2yx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 John records John the Baptist using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:36 ap5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this same phrase in [John 1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:37 v5be rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἤκουσαν οἱ δύο μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his** and **him** refer to John the Baptist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s two disciples heard him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1:38 a8bg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς 1 Here, **them** refers to the two disciples of John the Baptist who were mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having seen John’s two disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1:38 hlee rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς ἀκολουθοῦντας 1 Here John is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “having seen them following him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1:38 qxej rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 1:38 kkey ποῦ μένεις 1 Alternate translation: “where are you spending the night” 1:38 so66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ποῦ μένεις? 1 This question is the answer to the question Jesus just asked in the previous sentence. It is a way for the two men to imply that they would like to have a private conversation with Jesus at the place where he was staying. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “where are you staying? We would like to speak with you privately.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:39 lio4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει αὐτοῖς & μένει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 1:39 k5m2 μένει 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. 1:39 ydqg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην 1 Here, **that day** refers to the day the two disciples left John the Baptist to follow Jesus, as indicated in verse [35](../01/35.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the same day that they left John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:39 tb9j ὥρα & δεκάτη 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the tenth hour** indicates a time in the late afternoon, before dark, at which it would be too late to start traveling to another town. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “about 4:00 PM” 1:40-42 x8g8 0 # General Information:\n\nVerses [40–42] give background information about Andrew and how he brought his brother Peter to Jesus. 1:40 f6b9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰωάννου 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:40 jmyp Σίμωνος Πέτρου 1 **Simon** was also called **Peter** by Jesus, as recorded in verse [42](../01/42.md). Alternate translation: “Simon, who is also called Peter” 1:41 xpi4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὗτος 1 **This one** here refers to Andrew, who was mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1:41 vfsj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture εὑρίσκει & λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 1:41 rxox rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1:41 ek1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός 1 John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the title “Messiah” means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Christ’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for ‘Christ’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:42 xwc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν 1 **He** here refers to Andrew and **him** refers to Simon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew brought Simon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1:42 f5wo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐμβλέψας αὐτῷ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked at him, and he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 1:42 k2dx υἱὸς Ἰωάννου 1 This is neither John the Baptist nor John the apostle. 1:42 rstd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σὺ κληθήσῃ Κηφᾶς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will call you Cephas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1:42 pv4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Κηφᾶς 1 **Cephas** is a word in the Aramaic language that means “rock.” Here, Jesus uses the word as a name for Simon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Cephas, which means ‘rock’ in Aramaic” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:42 t3n5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Peter’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 1:42 esly rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος 1 John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name Cephas means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Peter’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Peter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:43 cmi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τῇ ἐπαύριον 1 **The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in the previous. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after Andrew brought Simon to Jesus,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) 1:43 qzfk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture καὶ εὑρίσκει Φίλιππον, καὶ λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 1:43 ejkg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀκολούθει μοι 1 In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Become my disciple” or “Come, follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 1:44 i5bm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 This verse provides background information about **Philip**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 1:45 m8j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Φίλιππος & Ναθαναὴλ & Μωϋσῆς & Ἰησοῦν & Ἰωσὴφ 1 These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 1:45 faz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture εὑρίσκει Φίλιππος τὸν Ναθαναὴλ, καὶ λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 1:45 ci52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ προφῆται 1 Here, John is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1:46 s2kg rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ 1 Here, **him** refers to Philip. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Nathaniel said to Philip” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 1:46 i4wp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι? 1 Nathaniel is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No good thing can come out of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1:46 shpn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 1:47 e1ke rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 1:47 ka53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 John records Jesus using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 1:47 ys8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν 1 **Jesus** is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “a completely truthful man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 1:48 am5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 1:48 d1on rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ σε Φίλιππον φωνῆσαι, ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν, εἶδόν σε 1 Nathaniel’s reaction to this statement in the next verse indicates that this is a display of supernatural knowledge. It appears that Jesus knew something about Nathaniel that no one else could have known. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before Philip called you, being completely alone under the fig tree, I saw you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:48 a0ym rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν 1 The subject of this clause is Philip, not Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “while you were under the fig tree” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:49 l666 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 1:50 d53b rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις? 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the result for the reason that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Do you believe because I said to you that I saw you underneath the fig tree” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 1:50 p3ma rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις? 1 John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You believe because I said, ‘I saw you underneath the fig tree’!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 1:50 fhzr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πιστεύεις 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “do you believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 1:50 oubk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μείζω τούτων 1 Jesus uses the plural pronoun **these** to refer to a general category of something, in this case the miraculous display of supernatural knowledge that took place in [1:48](../01/48.md). Alternate translation: “greater things than this type of thing” or “greater things that this kind of miracle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:51 byxy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 1:51 ga44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus repeats **Truly** in order to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases, forming a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 1:51 yuye rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus is using the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to all those who are with him at that moment. He is not only speaking to Nathaniel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I say to all of you here” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 1:51 s28k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα, καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας 1 Here, Jesus refers to an event described in the book of Genesis. While fleeing from his brother, Jacob had a dream in which he saw angels descending from and ascending to heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers who may not be familiar with the story, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as Jacob saw in his vision, you will see heaven opened, and the angels of God ascending and descending” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 1:51 ahj4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 1:51 z4a7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2:intro jav2 0 # John 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ first sign: he turns water into wine (2:1–12)\n2. Jesus causes controversy in the Temple (2:13–22)\n3. Jesus’ ministry in Jerusalem at Passover (2:23–25)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Wine\n\nThe Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.\n\n### Driving out the money changers\n\nJesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel. As the Son of God, it was his Father’s temple that was being used inappropriately for making money. Therefore, he had the authority to drive out those who were misusing the temple.\n\n### “He knew what was in man”\n\nJesus knew what other people were thinking only because he is the Son of Man and the Son of God. Because he is the Son of God, he has supernatural insight into what other people were thinking and could correctly judge their intentions.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “His disciples remembered”\n\nJohn used this phrase to stop telling the main historical narrative and to tell about something that happened much later. The Jewish authorities spoke to Jesus right after he scolded the sellers in the temple in ([2:16](../02/16.md)). Jesus’ disciples remembered what the prophet had written long ago and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body after Jesus became alive again ([2:17](../02/17.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md)). 2:1 rl16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 Jesus and his disciples were invited to a wedding. This verse gives background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 2:1 vw9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ 1 This phrase introduces a new event. The **third day** could refer to: (1) the third day from when Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). According to the Jewish way of counting days, the first day would have been the day in [1:43](../01/43.md), making **the third day** occur two days afterward. Alternate translation: “two days after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (2) the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). In this case, the first day would have occurred in [1:35](../01/35.md) and the second day in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “on the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 2:2 xm3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη & καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they also invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2:3 kt44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 2:3 spbw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative οἶνον οὐκ ἔχουσιν 1 Jesus’ mother is using a declarative statement to give an indirect request. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a request. Alternate translation: “They ran out of wine. Could you do something to solve this problem?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) 2:3 mge0 οἶνον 1 Regarding the drinking of **wine** in Jewish culture, see the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter. 2:4 xo8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 2:4 a2ji γύναι 1 **Woman** here refers to Mary. If it is impolite for a son to call his mother “woman” in your language, you can use another word that is polite, or leave it out. 2:4 jc75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί, γύναι? 1 Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Woman, this has nothing to do with me or you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2:4 v5x5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου 1 The word **hour** refers to the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2:5 d5wy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 2:6 y7p3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς 1 A **metretes** was equivalent to about 40 liters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the quantity in modern measurements. Alternatively, to help your readers recognize that the biblical writings come from long ago when people used different measurements, you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the metrete, and explain the equivalent in modern measurements in a footnote. Alternate translation: “80 to 120 liters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) 2:7 hv80 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 2:7 byc0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, **them** refers to the servants at the wedding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2:7 vt75 ἕως ἄνω 1 The **brim** is the top edge of the water pot. Alternate translation: “to the very top” 2:8 xbw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 2:8 y52q rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς & οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν 1 Here, **them** and **they** refer to the servants at the wedding. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the servants … And the servants carried it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2:8 h9gr τῷ ἀρχιτρικλίνῳ 1 The term **head waiter** refers to the person in charge of the servants who served the food and drink at meals and feasts. 2:9 t0zb ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος & ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος 1 See how you translated this term in the previous verse. 2:9 yg44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 John provides this background information about who knew where the wine came from in order to emphasize the veracity of this miracle. The head waiter did not know that the wine was originally water from the water pots. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 2:9 xfwq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture φωνεῖ 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 2:10 qoch rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶς ἄνθρωπος 1 **Every man** here is an exaggeration that refers to something being a common practice. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “A man usually” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 2:10 vu60 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations πᾶς ἄνθρωπος 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, the head waiter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “Every person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 2:10 mh3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ὅταν μεθυσθῶσιν τὸν ἐλάσσω 1 This means that guests were given the cheaper wine, which is of lower quality and inferior flavor, after their senses had been dulled by drinking too much alcohol and were thus unable to tell that it was inferior wine. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the cheaper wine when they have become drunk and unable to discern the quality of the wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2:11 sq53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 In this verse John provides background information about the events described in [2:1–10](../02/01.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 2:11 ear7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων 1 John wrote much about the miraculous **signs** Jesus did. Turning water into wine at the wedding is the first of those **signs**. See the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2:11 z3tk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **glory** refers to the mighty power of Jesus that enabled him to do miracles. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “revealed his glorious power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 2:12 gw2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent μετὰ τοῦτο 1 **After this** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time afterward” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 2:12 mmkj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μετὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to the what took place in Cana that was described in [2:1–11](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After Jesus’ first sign in Cana” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2:12 h9tu κατέβη 1 This indicates that they went from a higher place to a lower place. Capernaum is at a lower elevation than Cana. 2:13 xr29 ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 This indicates that Jesus went from a lower place to a higher place. Jerusalem is built on a hill. 2:14 sa75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστερὰς 1 These animals were used for sacrifices in the temple. People were buying animals in the temple courtyard in order to sacrifice them to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those selling oxen and sheep and pigeons for people to sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2:14 qu9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κερματιστὰς 1 Jewish authorities required people who wanted to buy animals for sacrifices in the temple to exchange their money for special money from the **money changers**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who exchanged money for special money approved for temple use” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2:14 i8lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθημένους 1 The next verse makes it clear that these people are in the temple courtyard. That area was intended for worship and not for commerce. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sitting in the temple courtyard that was intended for worship” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2:15 x6et rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 Here John is telling his readers what Jesus did as a result of the commerce he saw going on in the temple. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 2:15 nn6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns πάντας 1 Here, **them all** refers to the people selling the animals and the money changers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the sellers and money changers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2:16 h6qy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου 1 Jesus uses **the house of my Father** to refer to the temple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the house of my Father, which is the temple, a house of commerce” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2:16 grg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 2:17 c2pu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γεγραμμένον ἐστίν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2:17 q91v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γεγραμμένον ἐστίν 1 Here John uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 2:17 jp55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks ὁ ζῆλος τοῦ οἴκου σου καταφάγεταί με 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) 2:17 pvct rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular τοῦ οἴκου σου 1 Here, **your** refers to God and is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God’s house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) 2:17 ua3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ οἴκου σου 1 Here, **house** refers to the temple, which is often called God’s **house** in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for your house, the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2:17 gg1w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καταφάγεταί 1 Here, the author uses **consume** to refer to Jesus’ intense love for the temple, as if it were a fire that burned within him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be intense within” or “will be like a fire that consumes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 2:18 r5rw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ actions against the animal sellers and money changers in the temple. (See the discussion of this event in the General Notes to this chapter.) If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these disruptive activities in the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2:19 mp6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as introducing a hypothetical situation rather than as a command. Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which the event in the second clause would happen if the event in the first clause took place. In this case, Jesus would certainly **raise** the **temple** up if the Jewish authorities were to **destroy** it. Alternate translation: “If you destroy this temple, then in three days I will raise it up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) 2:19 of4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 Here, John records Jesus using the words **Destroy** and **raise** to describe his killing and resurrection, as if tearing down and rebuilding a building. However, the Jewish leaders did not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 2:20 qb4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν? 1 The Jewish leaders are using the question form for emphasis. They think that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and rebuild it in three days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 2:21-22 g6jx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory 0 # General Information:\n\n[2:21–22](../02/21.md) are a comment John made about the story that was described in [2:13–20](../02/13.md). These verses tell about something that happened later. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) 2:21 b440 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔλεγεν 1 Here, **that one** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “But Jesus was speaking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 2:22 oznm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** indicates that in this verse John is giving the result of Jesus making the statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this about his body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 2:22 jejg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 2:22 nxug ἐμνήσθησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, John is speaking about something that happened long after the event described in the previous verses. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter. 2:22 ewi1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦτο & τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Here, **this** and **the word** refer back to Jesus’ statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this statement about his body … the word about his body that Jesus had spoken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 2:22 gq2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τῇ Γραφῇ 1 John is speaking of **the Scripture** in general, not of one particular book within the Bible. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 2:23 kvn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 **Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after the previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 2:23 n807 ἐν τῷ Πάσχα ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 These two phrases could refer to: (1) two different parts of the festival, **the Passover** referring to the first day of **the festival**, and **the festival** referring to the Festival of Unleavened Bread that begins at Passover and was one week long. Alternate translation: “at the Passover, during the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (2) the same event. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival” 2:23 w3qv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **name** represents the person of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 2:23 ipd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result θεωροῦντες αὐτοῦ τὰ σημεῖα 1 Here, **seeing** indicates the reason why the people were believing in Jesus. These people were only believing in Jesus because of the miracles he performed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they saw his signs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 2:23 u65n τὰ σημεῖα 1 See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles” 2:24 cm49 οὐκ ἐπίστευεν αὑτὸν αὐτοῖς 1 Although many people were believing in him, Jesus knew that their belief was superficial and only lasted as long as he performed miracles for them. Therefore, he did not trust them the way he trusted his true disciples. Alternate translation: “did not trust them as true disciples” or “did not believe their belief in him” 2:24 f2n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τὸ αὐτὸν γινώσκειν πάντας 1 Although the word **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “he knew all people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 2:25 et23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου & τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 Although both instances of the word **man** are masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “about mankind … what was in mankind” or “about people … what was in people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 2:25 lxro rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 This refers to the inner thoughts and desires of people, which some cultures refer to as “the heart.” (See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.) If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what people think” or “the thoughts and desires people have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 3:intro i7a7 0 # John 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus teaches Nicodemus about being born again (3:1–21)\n2. John the Baptist testifies about Jesus (3:22–36)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nThe Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong, and to begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### The kingdom of God\n\nThe kingdom of God is a concept that is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when Jesus returns and rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is God ruling and people embracing God’s rule over their lives. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])\n\n### Born again\n\nA major idea in this chapter is the spiritual new birth that Jesus says is necessary in order for someone to enter the kingdom of God [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Jesus also uses the following expressions to refer to being born again: “born from water and the Spirit” ([3:4](../03/04.md)) and “born from the Spirit” ([3:6,8](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]])\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” twice in this chapter ([3:13–14](../03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 3:1 yl6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related in the previous chapter. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 3:1 s9p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἦν & ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων, Νικόδημος ὄνομα αὐτῷ, 1 Here, **there was a man** is used to introduce Nicodemus as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The phrase **from the Pharisees** identifies him as member of a strict Jewish religious sect. Alternate translation: “there was a man named Nicodemus, who was a member of a strict Jewish religious group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) 3:1 fz6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄρχων τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 This phrase means that Nicodemus was a member of the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a member of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 3:2 sxo1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὗτος 1 **This one** here refers to Nicodemus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Nicodemus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 3:2 n84a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 3:2 skq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 Here, **we** is exclusive. Nicodemus is only referring to himself and the other members of the Jewish council. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 3:2 hxcr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ ὁ Θεὸς μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Nicodemus uses **with him** to refer to God’s help. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without God’s help” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:3 nz18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 3:3 svpx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν 1 The phrase **born again** is a metaphor that refers to spiritual rebirth. See the discussion of this expression in the General Notes to this chapter. Nicodemus does not understand this metaphor and Jesus does not explain it to him in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 3:3 t8pt γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν 1 Here, the word translated **again** could also be translated as “from above.” It could refer to: (1) spiritual rebirth as a second birth that takes place in addition to physical birth. Alternate translation, as in the ULT: “would be born again” (2) spiritual rebirth as a birth that is caused by God, in which case “above” is a euphemism for God. Alternate translation: “would be born from above” (3) spiritual rebirth as both a second birth and a birth caused by God. See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “would be born again by God” 3:3 i0ew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here Jesus uses **see** to refer to experiencing an event or state. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:3 ikj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here this phrase refers to both the place where God currently rules in heaven and to the earth when God rules over it in the future. See the discussion of this concept in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:4 z64b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 3:4 wa1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι, γέρων ὤν? 1 Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 3:4 yk9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι? 1 Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He surely cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 3:5 il52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 3:5 n6d7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος 1 The phrase **born from water and Spirit** could refer to: (1) spiritual birth that includes cleansing from sin and spiritual transformation by the Holy Spirit. In this case, Jesus’ words would be understood as a reference to Ezekiel 36:25–27, which Nicodemus would have been familiar with. Alternate translation: “would be born again by cleansing and the Spirit.” (2) physical birth and spiritual birth. Alternate translation: “would be born physically and spiritually” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:5 e1dj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here Jesus uses **enter into** to refer to experiencing something. The meaning is similar to the meaning of “see” in [3:3](../03/03.md). Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:5 m37g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:6 gswx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “What flesh has given birth to” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 3:6 rru5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς σαρκὸς, σάρξ ἐστιν 1 Here Jesus is describing human beings by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. The word **flesh** here does not refer to sinful human nature as it does in other verses in the New Testament. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a human being is a human being” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 3:6 v3g8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what has been born again by means of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 3:6 lfg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πνεῦμά 1 Here, **spirit** refers to the new spiritual nature that God gives a person when they are born again. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “a new spiritual nature” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 3:7 t2sl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 3:8 p87y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ 1 The word translated **wind** can also mean spirit. Jesus here speaks of the Holy Spirit, as if he were **wind**. Just like people in Jesus’ time could not understand how the **wind** blew but could observe the effects of the wind, people cannot understand how the Holy Spirit works but can witness the effects of his work. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like the wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:8 mxjc οὕτως ἐστὶν 1 This phrase connects this sentence with the previous sentence. In the same way that people cannot understand the wind but recognize its effects, people who are not born from the Spirit cannot understand those who are born from the Spirit but can recognize the effects of the new birth. Alternate translation: “So it is with” or “So it happens with” 3:8 k9ay ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md). 3:8 wh4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 3:9 g4ji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι? 1 This question could be: (1) a genuine question that shows that Nicodemus is confused. Alternate translation: “How are these things possible” (2) a rhetorical question Nicodemus uses to add emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “These things cannot be!” or “These things are impossible!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 3:9 phe2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 3:10 gw2h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις? 1 Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. He is not asking Nicodemus a question in order to get information. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!” or “You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 3:10 gbu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος & οὐ γινώσκεις 1 The word **you** is singular and refers to Nicodemus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Are you, Nicodemus, the teacher … you do not understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 3:10 ljiy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ 1 Here, **the teacher** indicates that Nicodemus was recognized as a master teacher and religious authority in the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the renowned religious teacher in Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 3:10 vx3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated this phrase is the previous verse. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 3:11 jt1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 3:11 upi7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ὃ οἴδαμεν λαλοῦμεν & τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἡμῶν 1 When Jesus says **we** and **our** in this verse, he was not including Nicodemus. Jesus used these pronouns as a contrast to Nicodemus saying **we** in [3:2](../03/02.md). While Nicodemus used **we** to refer to himself and the other Jewish religious leaders, Jesus could have been referring to: (1) himself and his disciples. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “my disciples and I speak what we know … our testimony” (2) himself and the other members of the Godhead. Alternate translation: “the Father, Spirit, and I speak what we know … our testimony” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 3:11 j1k1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you οὐ λαμβάνετε 1 The word **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) the Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “you Jews” (2) Nicodemus and his fellow Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish leaders do not welcome” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 3:12 y4e9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ τὰ ἐπίγεια εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since I told you earthly things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 3:12 pt4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῖν & οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν & πιστεύσετε 1 Throughout this verse, **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) the Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “you Jews … you Jews do not believe, how will you believe if I tell you” (2) Nicodemus and his fellow Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish leaders … you Jewish leaders do not believe, how will you believe if I tell you” See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 3:12 mf2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ ἐπίγεια 1 Here, **earthly things** refers to what Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Those things are called **earthly** because they are about things that take place on earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “these truths about what takes place on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 3:12 c6ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια, πιστεύσετε? 1 Jesus uses a question to emphasize the disbelief of Nicodemus and the Jews. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you certainly will not believe if I tell you about heavenly things!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 3:12 dfqi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ ἐπουράνια 1 Here, **heavenly things** refers to things that take place in heaven or are related to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “truths about what takes place in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 3:13 ld0m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the one who descended from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 3:13 ocj0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 3:14 tb3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile καὶ καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 In this verse, John records Jesus comparing his crucifixion to Moses lifting up a bronze snake. John assumes that his readers will know that Jesus is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, the Israelites complained against God, and God punished them by sending poisonous snakes to kill them. God then told Moses to make a bronze snake and raise it up on a pole so that whoever was bitten by one of the poisonous snakes and looked at the bronze snake would not die. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “And just as Moses lifted up the bronze serpent on a pole when the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) 3:14 f9yi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for people to lift up the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 3:14 savl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὑψωθῆναι & τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man, to be lifted up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 3:14 krir rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 3:15 e9ls rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 Here, **so that** indicates that Jesus is stating the purpose for which he would be crucified. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 3:16 vg6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous two verses is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 3:16 h4ht οὕτως & ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 Here, **so** could refer to: (1) the manner in which God loved the world. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “God loved the world in this way” (2) the degree to which God loved the world. Alternate translation: “God loved the world so much” (3) both the manner in which and the degree to which God loved the world. For this interpretation, see the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “in this way God loved the world so much” 3:16 uxc2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 3:16 jen2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 Here, **that** introduces the result of what the previous clause stated. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 3:16 fqk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ 1 Here, **One and Only Son** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his One and Only Son, Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 3:16 z8at rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ 1 Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “his Unique Son” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “his Only Begotten Son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 3:16 qpc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ 1 **One and Only Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 3:17 k8rf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous verse is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God gave his One and Only Son because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 3:17 b7vf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Use whatever form your language uses for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For God truly sent his Son into the world so that he might save it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 3:17 haut rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 3:17 mjjg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν & δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “me … through me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 3:17 amqn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν κόσμον 1 Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the universe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 3:17 f5o9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἵνα κρίνῃ 1 Here, **he** refers to God; it does not refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that God might condemn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 3:17 zv1i ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον 1 The word translated **condemn** means to judge someone to be guilty and deserving of punishment. Alternate translation: “so that he might judge the world as guilty” 3:17 ynyh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον & ὁ κόσμος 2 Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world … the people in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 3:17 kuow rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “so that God might save the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 3:17 exd0 δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase indicates the means by which God would save the world. Alternate translation: “by means of him” 3:18 zl5p οὐ κρίνεται & ἤδη κέκριται 1 The word translated **condemn** means to judge someone to be guilty and deserving of punishment. See how you translated this term in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “is not judged as guilty … has already been judged as guilty” 3:18 x14j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns εἰς αὐτὸν 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 3:18 tmz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν οὐ κρίνεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God does not condemn the one who believes in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 3:18 t21p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ μὴ πιστεύων, ἤδη κέκριται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “but God has already condemned the one who does not believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 3:18 ps4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy μὴ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **name** represents Jesus’ identity and everything about him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has not believed in the One and Only Son of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 3:18 q8ku τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “of the Unique Son of God” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “of the Only Begotten Son of God” 3:18 eb54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 3:19 z9d2 ἡ κρίσις 1 Here, **judgment** could refer to: (1) a verdict a judge pronounces in a court trial. Alternate translation: “the verdict” (2) the reason for a condemning judgment. Alternate translation: “the basis for condemnation” 3:19 t9z5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον & ἢ τὸ φῶς 1 Here Jesus uses **light** to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. See how you translated this term in those places where **the light** also refers to Jesus in the [1:7–9](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, has come into the world … than Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:19 gh4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον & ἢ τὸ φῶς 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “I, the light, have come into the world … than me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 3:19 fvvg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 3:19 h4nk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι & τὸ σκότος 1 Here Jesus uses **darkness** to refer to what is false and evil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of light and darkness in the General Notes for Chapter 1. Alternate translation: “men loved evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:20 velv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates another reason why men love the darkness, as stated in the previous verse. People who do evil things hate the light. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 3:20 bus8 πᾶς & ὁ φαῦλα πράσσων 1 This phrase refers to someone who habitually does evil things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does evil” 3:20 cg3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς, καὶ & πρὸς τὸ φῶς 1 See how you translated **the light** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, and … to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:20 s49o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸ φῶς, καὶ & πρὸς τὸ φῶς 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “me, the light, and … to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 3:20 u25p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the light might not expose his deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 3:21 q77t ὁ & ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 This phrase refers to someone who habitually does true things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does the truth” 3:21 kpb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὁ & ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the one who does true things” or “the one who does what is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 3:21 ud15 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς 1 See how you translated **the light** in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “comes to Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:21 k8wr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. See how you translated this expression in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 3:21 l7ax rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the light might reveal his deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 3:21 de2j ὅτι ἐν Θεῷ ἐστιν εἰργασμένα 1 This clause indicates what the light will reveal about the deeds of those who come to the light. The phrase **in God** indicates that the works these people have done were done with God’s help and not by their own strength or effort. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that they have been done with God’s help” 3:22 uy4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent μετὰ ταῦτα 1 This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 3:23 m4yg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 3:23 x1ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Αἰνὼν 1 **Aenon** is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. **Aenon** is the Aramaic word for springs of water, which explains John’s comment in the next clause about there being much water there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 3:23 e5v2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τοῦ Σαλείμ 1 **Salim** is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 3:23 ukz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that John the Baptist did it. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing them” or “he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 3:24 v13x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὔπω & ἦν βεβλημένος & ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, [Mark 6:17](../../mrk/06/17.md) implies that Herod did it. Alternate translation: “Herod had not yet thrown John”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 3:25 fuq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **dispute**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Then the disciples of John began arguing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 3:25 ft8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου μετὰ Ἰουδαίου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then John’s disciples and a Jew began to dispute” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 3:25 qzq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰωάννου 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 3:26 uuvj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἦλθον 1 Here, **they** refers to John the Baptist’s disciples, who were disputing in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s disciples went” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 3:26 cxy7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃς ἦν μετὰ σοῦ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, ᾧ σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας 1 This phrase refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who was with you beyond the Jordan, about whom you had testified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 3:26 jr28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει 1 John the Baptist’s disciples used the term **behold** to call John’s attention to what Jesus was doing. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. Alternate translation: “see how he is baptizing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:26 j8di rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντες ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Here John the Baptist’s disciples use the word **all** as a generalization for emphasis. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “it seems like everyone is going to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 3:27 kl21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος 1 John is speaking of people in general, not of one particular man. Alternate translation: “A person is not able” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 3:27 f818 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “heaven has given it to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 3:27 hap4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 Here John the Baptist uses **heaven** to refer to God, who dwells in **heaven**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “it has been given to him by God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 3:28 l9yt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς 1 Here, **You** is plural and refers to all the people to whom John the Baptist is talking. Alternate translation: “You all” or “All of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 3:28 p92u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὅτι εἶπον, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὁ Χριστός, ἀλλ’, ὅτι ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that I said that I am not the Christ but that I have been sent before that one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 3:28 nf9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God sent me before that one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 3:28 vguf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκείνου 1 Here, **that one** refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Christ” in the previous clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 3:29 p569 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμφην, νυμφίος ἐστίν & τοῦ νυμφίου & τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ νυμφίου 1 John the Baptist uses **bride** and **bridegroom** to refer to people who believe in Jesus and Jesus himself, respectively. Since these are important terms for Christians and for Jesus, you should translate the words directly and not provide a plain explanation in the text of your translation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words with similes. Alternate translation: “The one who is like one who has a bride is like a bridegroom … of the one who is like a bridegroom … of the voice of one who is like a bridegroom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:29 nd5o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ δὲ φίλος τοῦ νυμφίου, ὁ ἑστηκὼς καὶ ἀκούων αὐτοῦ, χαρᾷ χαίρει 1 John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “But I am the friend of the bridegroom, and I stood and heard him, and I rejoice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 3:29 nfvx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet χαρᾷ χαίρει 1 These words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much joy John had because Jesus had come. Alternate translation: “rejoices greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 3:29 wkb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὕτη & ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I rejoice greatly” or “I rejoice with complete joy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 3:29 hnw2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person αὕτη & ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ 1 Here, **my** refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this joy that I, John, have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 3:30 kn9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν 1 Here, **that one** refers to Jesus, whom John the Baptist called “the bridegroom” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “It is necessary for Jesus to increase” or “It is necessary for the bridegroom to increase” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 3:30 u5e0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor αὐξάνειν & ἐλαττοῦσθαι 1 John the Baptist uses **increase** to refer to growing in importance and influence, while **decrease** refers to diminishing in importance and influence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be more influential … to be less influential” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:31 wu2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν & ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John repeats himself to emphasize that Jesus is greater than every person and every thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases and include words that show emphasis. Alternate translation: “The one who comes from heaven is certainly above all things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 3:31 qd7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν & ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 1 Both of these phrases refer to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the one who comes from above, is above all things … Jesus, the one who comes from heaven, is above all things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 3:31 ksp5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἄνωθεν 1 Here John the Baptist uses **above** to refer to heaven, the place where God dwells. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 3:31 on9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 1 John the Baptist uses **above** to refer to having superior status. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:31 mhk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν, καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ 1 Here, John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person, but the statement is also true for all humans other than Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who is from the earth, am from the earth and speak from the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 3:31 p05h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν 1 This phrase refers to having an earthly origin, which is the case for John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “originates from the earth” or “has an earthly origin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:31 ar7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ 1 This phrase refers to speaking based on an earthly perspective, which is the perspective of John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and speaks from an earthly perspective” or “and speaks as someone from the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:31 yj2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 2 John the Baptist uses **above** to refer to having superior status. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:32 c5yt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν, τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ & μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ 1 **He** and **his** in this verse refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus testifies about that which he has seen and heard … Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 3:32 umek rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν 1 This phrase refers to what Jesus saw and heard while he was in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which he has seen and heard in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 3:32 kqi1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει 1 Here, John the Baptist exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believed Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “very few people receive his testimony” or “it seems like no one receives his testimony” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 3:33 k36d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who has received his testimony” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 3:33 ygba rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 3:33 g5x4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐσφράγισεν 1 This expression refers to placing a **seal** on a document in order to certify that what is written in the document is true. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/seal]]) Here this meaning is extended to refer to certifying that God is true. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice of sealing documents, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “has certified” or “has attested” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 3:34 rr83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃν & ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 This phrase refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 3:34 p9wt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous sentence is true. We know that Jesus speaks the words of God because God has given him the Holy Spirit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We know this because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 3:34 bnx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὐ & δίδωσιν 1 Here, **he** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God does not give” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 3:34 hmky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐ & ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context, especially this discussion of God giving to his Son in the next verse. Alternate translation: “he does not give the Spirit to him by measure” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 3:34 cdia rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐ & ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 This clause is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he certainly gives the Spirit without measure” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 3:35 hmk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ & Υἱόν 1 **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 3:35 ha4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πάντα δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, giving **into his hand** means putting under his power or control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “has given him control over everything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 3:36 u1ks rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ πιστεύων 1 This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who believes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 3:36 ob32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν & τῷ Υἱῷ 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 3:36 hpte rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ & ἀπειθῶν 2 This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “anyone who disobeys” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 3:36 joql ὁ & ἀπειθῶν 2 The word translated **disobeys** can also be translated “does not believe.” Alternate translation: “the one who does not believe” 3:36 ni86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν 1 John the Baptist uses **see** metaphorically to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not experience life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 3:36 pzf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life, as indicated by the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not see eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 3:36 zy7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God will continue to be angry against him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 4:intro j1hv 0 # John 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus leaves Judea for Galilee (4:1–6)\n2. Jesus meets a Samaritan woman (4:7–14)\n3. Jesus teaches the Samaritan woman about worship (4:15–26)\n4. Jesus teaches his disciples about evangelism (4:27–38)\n5. Jesus’ ministry in Samaria (4:39–42)\n6. Jesus goes to Galilee (4:43–45)\n7. Jesus’ second sign: he heals an official’s son (4:46–54)\n\n[John 4:7–38](../04/07.md) forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”\n\nJews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria, because Jews and Samaritans were longtime enemies who hated each other. So Jesus did what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/samaria]])\n\n### “an hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. In such instances, “hour” refers to a point in time when something happens, not a set length of time. For example, “an hour … when the true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth” refers to the point in time when people begin to do so ([4:23](../04/23.md)).\n\n### The proper place of worship\n\nLong before Jesus came to earth, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up their own temple on Mount Gerizim ([4:20](../04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the Samaritan woman that in the near future it would no longer be important where people worshiped ([4:21–24](../04/21.md)).\n\n### Harvest\n\nHarvest refers to the time when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### “The Samaritan woman”\n\nJohn probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and would later kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “in spirit and truth”\n\nThe people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him for who the Bible says he is are the ones who truly please him. The place where they worship him is not important. 4:1 jum6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 [4:1–6](../04/01.md) give the background to the next event, which is Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 4:1 ci4n Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJohn 4:1–3 is one long sentence. It may be necessary in your language to divide this long sentence into several shorter sentences. 4:1 b1vc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης 1 If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 4:1 h6ek rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 **Then** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, when Jesus knew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 4:2 d4ng rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν 1 Here, **himself** is used to emphasize that Jesus was not baptizing disciples, but his disciples were doing the baptizing. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) 4:2 qz7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but his disciples were baptizing people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 4:5 ukxr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ἔρχεται οὖν 1 **Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in [4:3](../04/03.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After leaving Judea, he comes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) 4:5 ff7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 4:5 vqjm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Συχὰρ 1 **Sychar** is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 4:6 bd8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκεῖ 1 In this case, **there** refers to the town of Sychar mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “there at Sychar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 4:6 vwdf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ὁ οὖν Ἰησοῦς 1 **Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “When Jesus came to Sychar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) 4:6 lovl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result κεκοπιακὼς 1 This clause indicates the reason why Jesus sat by the well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he had grown weary” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 4:6 mwi2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας 1 This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus had grown weary. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of the journey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 4:6 yjzo ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the sixth hour** indicates a time in the middle of the day, when it would be the hottest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about noon” or “about 12:00 PM” 4:7 kswz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται & λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 4:7 g82d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative δός μοι πεῖν 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give me to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) 4:7 urgd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis δός μοι πεῖν 1 Here, John records Jesus leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “Give me something to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 4:8 u29c rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν 1 This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus asked the woman for water. The disciples had gone away and taken the tools for drawing water with them, so that Jesus could not draw the water himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because his disciples had gone away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 4:9 dpoh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 4:9 xdw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς γυναικὸς Σαμαρείτιδος οὔσης? 1 The woman is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate her words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan woman for a drink!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 4:9 px8w οὐ & συνχρῶνται 1 Alternate translation: “do not associate with” or “have nothing to do with” 4:10 redz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ᾔδεις τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι & σὺ ἂν ᾔτησας αὐτὸν 1 Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He knows that the woman does not know the gift of God or who he is. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “You surely do not know the gift of God and who it is who is saying to you … Otherwise, you would have asked him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) 4:10 i9eg τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **the gift of God** refers to the “living water” that Jesus mentions at the end of the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s gift of living water” 4:10 ed4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus uses **of** to describe a **gift** that comes from **God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gift from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 4:10 oywu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι & ᾔτησας αὐτὸν, καὶ ἔδωκεν 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “who I am who is saying to you … would have asked me, and I would have given” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 4:10 ua0b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὁ λέγων σοι, δός μοι πεῖν, 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “who is asking you to give him a drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 4:10 zub5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ὕδωρ ζῶν 1 The phrase **living water** usually refers to moving or flowing water. However, Jesus uses **living water** here to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, the woman does not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to her in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 4:11 pf7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 4:11 mw2b κύριε 1 The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]]) 4:11 nwln τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ζῶν 1 See how you translated **the living water** in the previous verse. 4:12 di9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ, ὃς ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν τὸ φρέαρ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ θρέμματα αὐτοῦ? 1 The woman is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate her words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Jacob, who gave us the well and drank from it himself, and his sons and his cattle!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 4:12 sj7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν 1 Here, John records the woman leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “drank water from it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 4:13 leu7 διψήσει πάλιν 1 Alternate translation: “will need to drink water again” 4:14 udxp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὃς δ’ ἂν πίῃ ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος οὗ ἐγὼ δώσω αὐτῷ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει & τὸ ὕδωρ ὃ δώσω αὐτῷ γενήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ πηγὴ ὕδατος, ἁλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Jesus speaks about receiving the Holy Spirit by continuing the metaphor of water. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “but whoever is like one who drinks from the water that I will give him will be like one who never thirsts … the water that I will give him will become like a fountain of water in him, resulting in eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) 4:15 vzoy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 4:15 iz1p κύριε 1 The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]]) 4:15 hd9f ἀντλεῖν 1 Here, **draw** refers to taking water out of a well using a container that can hold water. Alternate translation: “get water” or “pull water up from the well” 4:16 ii7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 4:17 h5pt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 4:17 bg94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καλῶς εἶπας, ὅτι ἄνδρα οὐκ ἔχω 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “You have rightly said that you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 4:18 zpl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας 1 **This you have said** refers to the Samaritan woman’s statement in the previous verse that she did not have a husband. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have spoken the truth when you said you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 4:19 tzs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 4:19 kfs1 κύριε 1 The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]]) 4:19 za2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ 1 The woman uses **see** to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I understand that you are a prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 4:20 hp3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ 1 Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim, the mountain where the Samaritans built their own temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 4:20 keg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμεῖς λέγετε 1 Here the word **you** is plural and refers to the Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Jewish people say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 4:20 m27n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ τόπος 1 Here, **the place** refers to the Jewish temple, the place where God commanded his people to worship at that time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 4:21 klz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 4:21 tisq γύναι 1 Here, **woman** refers to the Samaritan woman. If it is impolite to call someone “woman” in your language, you can use another word that is polite, or leave it out. 4:21 eccs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 Here, **hour** refers to a point in time when something happens. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “a point in time is coming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 4:21 ff27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 4:21 nu5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ 1 Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim. See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 4:22 guu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμεῖς & οὐκ οἴδατε 1 **You** is plural here in this verse and refers to the Samaritan people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Samaritan people … you all do not know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 4:22 c54u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς & οἴδαμεν 1 **We** here is exclusive. Jesus is only referring to himself and the Jewish people. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “We Jewish people … we all know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 4:22 i2df rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν 1 The phrase **from the Jews** indicates that the Jewish people were the people group from which **salvation** came. This is true because the Savior Jesus was from the Jewish people. This phrase does not mean that the Jewish people themselves will save others from their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for salvation comes from among the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 4:22 yj1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ σωτηρία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the way to be saved” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 4:23 bs1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 See the discussion of **an hour is coming** in the General Notes to this chapter and see how you translated this phrase in verse [21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 4:23 k1gf rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρὶ & ὁ Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 4:23 fb51 ἐν πνεύματι 1 Here, **spirit** could refer to: (1) the inner person, which is what a person thinks and feels. Alternate translation: “with their spirits” (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Holy Spirit” 4:23 utt7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Here, **truth** refers to thinking correctly of what is true about God, which is revealed in the Bible. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in spirit and in accordance with God’s Word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 4:24 pfdv ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. 4:25 ip1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 4:25 lp44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 **Christ** is the Greek translation of **Messiah**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one called Christ in the Greek language” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 4:25 ek2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, **he** and **that one** refer to the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “When the Messiah may come, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 4:25 u8nb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα 1 The words **declare everything** imply all that the people need to know. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will tell us all that we need to know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 4:25 izgt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 When the woman said “us,” she was including the people to whom she was speaking, so this would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 4:26 lvgs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 4:26 rbgo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ λαλῶν σοι 1 Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this would confuse your readers, you can use the first person form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 4:27 vk5j ἐπὶ τούτῳ 1 Alternate translation: “at the time he said this” or “just as Jesus was saying this” 4:27 p39j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει 1 In the culture of that time, it was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a **woman** he did not know, especially if they were alone or if that woman was a Samaritan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they were amazed that he was speaking alone with an unknown woman, because people didn’t usually do that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 4:27 cbc9 τί ζητεῖς? 1 This question could be spoken to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “What do you want from this woman?” (2) the woman. Alternate translation: “What do you want from him?” 4:28 f13n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 4:28 iu9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Here, **the men** could refer to: (1) the men who lived in the nearby town and would have been working out in the fields at that time. Alternate translation: “to the men of the town” (2) the people who lived in the nearby town. Alternate translation: “to the people of the town” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 4:29 hb5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα 1 The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me even though I never met him before” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 4:29 dl18 μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός? 1 This question is not a rhetorical question. The woman is not sure that Jesus is the **Christ**, so she asks a question that expects “no” for an answer. However, the fact that she asked the question instead of making a statement indicates that she is uncertain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in a way that shows her uncertainty. Alternate translation: “Is it even possible that this is the Christ?” 4:30 d4fu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐξῆλθον 1 **They** here refers to the men or people from the town to whom the woman had spoken. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Your translation will depend on how you translated “the men” in verse [28](../04/28.md). Alternate translation: “The men of the town went out” or “The nearby townspeople went out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 4:31 t6hy ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ 1 Alternate translation: “While the woman was going into town” or “During the time that the woman was in the town” 4:31 mgs7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the disciples were urging him, and they said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 4:31 z7wy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative Ῥαββεί, φάγε 1 Here, **eat** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, please eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) 4:32 j8h2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν 1 Here Jesus uses the word **food** to refer to doing God’s will, as he states in [4:34](../04/34.md). However, his disciples do not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 4:33 w451 μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν? 1 The disciples think Jesus is literally talking about something **to eat**. They begin asking each other this question, expecting a “no” response. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in a way that shows their uncertainty. Alternate translation: “Is it even possible that someone brought him food to eat?” 4:34 bnke rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 4:34 tvp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον 1 Here Jesus uses **food** to refer to obeying God’s **will**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “Like food satisfies a hungry person, doing the will of the one who sent me and completing his work satisfies me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 4:34 l64q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, the one who sent me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 4:35 u5d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι ἔτι τετράμηνός ἐστιν καὶ ὁ θερισμὸς ἔρχεται? 1 Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely say, ‘There are still four months, and the harvest comes’!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 4:35 y5d7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Jesus using the term **Behold** to call the disciples’ attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 4:35 coiv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν 1 This phrase, **lift up your eyes**, is a common idiom in the Bible that is used to describe the act of looking at something or direct one’s own attention toward something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “look” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 4:35 tyw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας 1 Jesus uses the word **fields** to refer to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “see these people who are like fields” or “see these people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 4:35 oq29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη 1 Jesus uses the phrase **white for harvest** to say that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. If it would be helpful in your language, you could convey the meaning with a simile or do it plainly. Alternate translation: “they are like a field that is ready to be harvested” or “they are already ready to believe my message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 4:36 rd63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὁ θερίζων & καὶ ὁ θερίζων 1 Jesus continues to speak to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **harvesting** crops is used to refer to the act of proclaiming Jesus’ message to those who are ready to receive it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “The one who is proclaiming the message to those who are being saved is like one who is harvesting … and the one who is like a harvester” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) 4:36 qtf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor μισθὸν, λαμβάνει 1 Jesus continues to speak to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Those who proclaim Jesus’ message are described as those who receive **wages** for their labor. Here, **wages** refers to the joy those who proclaim the message will receive, as indicated by the last clause in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “has great joy that is like wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) 4:36 qc31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Jesus continues to speak to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Jesus uses the phrase**fruit for eternal life** to refer to people who believe his message and are forgiven for their sins, so that they can have eternal life with God in heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a simile. Alternate translation: “and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that the one who is harvesting gathers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) 4:36 nuku rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὁ σπείρων 1 Jesus continues to speak to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **sowing** seed is used to refer to the act of preparing people to receive Jesus’ message. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who is preparing people to receive the message is like one who is sowing seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) 4:37 w4xn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν & τούτῳ 1 Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the statements in the rest of this verse and the next verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I am about to say,” (2) the statement in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I have just said,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 4:37 rqe7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων 1 Jesus continues to speak to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **sowing** is used to refer to preparing people to receive the message of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “One preparing people to receive the message is like one sowing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) 4:37 eqwf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὁ θερίζων 1 Jesus continues to speak to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvesting** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “the one proclaiming the message to those who are receiving it is like one harvesting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) 4:38 cpob rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμᾶς & ὑμεῖς & ὑμεῖς 1 In this verse **you** is plural and refers to the disciples to whom Jesus is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you who are my disciples … you … you disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 4:38 tu2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἐγὼ ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς θερίζειν 1 Jesus continues to speak to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvest** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “I sent you to successfully proclaim my message like those who harvest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) 4:38 lq36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃ οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιάκατε 1 This phrase refers to those who received Jesus’ message when his disciples proclaimed it to them. Although the disciples did not prepare those people to receive the message, they enjoyed the benefits of seeing those people trust in Jesus for salvation. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people whom you previously did not prepare to receive the message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 4:38 fbcv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄλλοι κεκοπιάκασιν 1 **Others** here refers to those people who prepared people to receive Jesus’ message before Jesus’ disciples successfully proclaimed that message to them. This would include Jesus, John the Baptist, and possibly the Old Testament prophets as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Others such as myself and the prophets have labored” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 4:38 slw4 ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε 1 Here, **entered into** means to have joined others or participated with others in doing something. Alternate translation: “you have joined in doing their work” 4:39 nbcd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ & τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης 1 Here, **that city** refers to the Samaritan city of Sychar. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 4:39 qda3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα 1 Here, **all things** is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “He told me many things that I have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 4:40 w3ck rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns πρὸς αὐτὸν & αὐτὸν & ἔμεινεν 1 In this verse **him** and **he** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus … Jesus … Jesus stayed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 4:41 qrj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus proclaimed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 4:42 u7ev rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔλεγον 1 Here, **they** refers to the Samaritans from Sychar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the local Samaritans said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 4:42 ciyt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive πιστεύομεν & ἀκηκόαμεν & οἴδαμεν 1 **We** throughout this verse refers to the Samaritan townspeople who came to Jesus apart from the Samaritan woman, so the pronoun would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 4:42 fpdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὗτός 1 Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 4:42 k4cz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 Here, **world** refers to everyone throughout the world who believes in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 4:43 n1mk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent μετὰ δὲ τὰς δύο ἡμέρας 1 This phrase introduces a new event that happened after the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After he had spent two days in Samaria” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 4:43 gj2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν 1 Here, **there** could refer to: (1) the Samaritan city of Sychar. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (2) the region of Samaria in general. Alternate translation: “from Samaria” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 4:44 ic94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that this verse provides one reason why Jesus wanted to go to Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he went to Galilee because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 4:44 t1li rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἐμαρτύρησεν 1 The reflexive pronoun **himself** is added to emphasize that Jesus had **testified** or said this. You can translate this in your language in a way that will give emphasis to a person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) 4:44 fx22 προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι, τιμὴν οὐκ ἔχει 1 Alternate translation: “people do not show respect or honor to a prophet of their own country” or “a prophet is not respected by the people in his own community” 4:44 syl9 ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι 1 This could refer to: (1) the whole region of Galilee where Jesus came from. Alternate translation: “in the Galilee region where he was from” (2) the specific town Jesus grew up in, which is Nazareth. Alternate translation: “in his hometown of Nazareth” 4:45 inup rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτε οὖν 1 Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of what Jesus had testified in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of this being true, when” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 4:45 ews8 ἐδέξαντο αὐτὸν οἱ Γαλιλαῖοι 1 Since this verse gives the result of Jesus saying in the previous verse that a prophet was not honored in his own country, it is important to indicate that welcoming Jesus was not the same as honoring him. They **welcomed him** because he did miracles, not because they honored him as a prophet. Alternate translation: “the Galileans only welcomed him” 4:45 lm4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result πάντα ἑωρακότες 1 This clause indicates the reason why the Galileans welcomed Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they had seen all the things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 4:45 r65x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντα ἑωρακότες 1 Here, **all** is an exaggeration that refers to the Galileans having seen many of Jesus’ miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having seen many of the things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 4:45 v9la rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ & εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν 1 Here, **the festival** refers the Passover festival, as indicated in [2:12–25](../02/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival … to the Passover” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 4:46 ffm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential οὖν 1 **Then** indicates that the events which the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus entered Galilee and the Galileans welcomed him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) 4:46 bp3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants καὶ ἦν τις βασιλικὸς 1 This phrase introduces a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression **royal official** identifies this man as someone who was in the service of the king. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man who was a government official who served the king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) 4:47 brcf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὗτος 1 **He** here refers to the royal official. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The official” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 4:47 eqga rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἤμελλεν 1 Here, **he** refers to the royal official’s son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the official’s son was about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 4:48 u73r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only if you see signs and wonders will you believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 4:48 hlts rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ἴδητε & πιστεύσητε 1 The word **you** is plural in this verse. This means that Jesus was not only speaking to the royal official, but also to the other people who were there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you all would see … you all would … believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 4:48 n3ot rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **wonders** describes the character of Jesus’ miraculous **signs**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “wonderful miraculous signs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) 4:49 ui6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 4:49 y3vi κύριε 1 The royal official calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. See how you translated this word in [4:11](../04/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]]) 4:49 ycdt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative κατάβηθι 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “please come down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) 4:50 n5mo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 4:50 cbtv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, **The man** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The royal official” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 4:50 uwa3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσεν & τῷ λόγῳ 1 Here, **word** refers to all that Jesus said to the man. It does not refer to one specific word that Jesus said. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “believed the words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 4:51 a5gw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 In this verse **he**, **his**, and **him** refer to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 4:51 h5h4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγοντες, ὅτι ὁ παῖς αὐτοῦ ζῇ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. You will also need to adjust the sentence to indicate to whom they are speaking. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘Your son lives’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) 4:52 x2ta rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐπύθετο οὖν τὴν ὥραν παρ’ αὐτῶν ἐν ᾗ κομψότερον ἔσχεν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “So he asked from them, ‘In what hour did he begin to improve?’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) 4:52 y2e9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔσχεν 1 Here, **he** refers to the royal official’s son who was ill. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his son began to improve” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 4:52 qdye ὥραν ἑβδόμην 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, the seventh hour indicates a time in the middle of the day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “at about one o’clock in the afternoon” 4:53 tlgi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ πατὴρ 1 Here, **the father** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 4:53 qek2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὁ υἱός σου ζῇ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus had said to him that his son lives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) 4:53 jhg4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς 1 John uses the word **himself** to emphasize the importance of this event. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “that same royal official … believed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) 4:54 k5x6 τοῦτο δὲ πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 This verse is a comment about the events described in [4:46–53](../04/46.md). John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did. This is the second of those signs. Alternate translation: “That was the second sign Jesus did” 4:54 jvfs σημεῖον 1 See how you translated the term **sign** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle” 5:intro qe17 0 # John 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ third sign: he heals a paralyzed man (5:1–9)\n2. Jewish leaders oppose Jesus’ ministry (5:10–18)\n3. Jesus says he is equal with God (5:19–30)\n4. Jesus’ witnesses are John the Baptist, Jesus’ works, God, and the Scriptures (5:31–47)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Healing water\n\nMany of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.” The man Jesus healed in this chapter was one of those people ([5:2–7](../05/02.md)).\n\n### Testimony\n\nIn the Bible, a testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. In this chapter, Jesus tells the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was ([5:34–37](../05/34.md)). This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do ([5:44–47](../05/44.md)).\n\n### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus mentions two resurrections, the resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment ([5:28–29](../05/28.md)). Regarding the resurrection of life, God will make some people alive again, and they will live with him forever, because he gives them his grace. Regarding the resurrection of judgment, God will make some people alive again and they will live apart from him forever, because he will treat them justly.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man\n\nJesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” ([5:19](../05/19.md)), the “Son of God” ([5:25](../05/25.md)), and the “Son of Man” ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 5:1 urn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 [5:1–4](../05/01.md) give background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 5:1 ea65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent μετὰ ταῦτα 1 This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 5:1 z4th ἀνέβη & εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 **Jerusalem** is located on the top of a hill. Therefore, roads to **Jerusalem** went **up**. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground or going down a gill, you should use it here. 5:2 h3w5 κολυμβήθρα 1 This **pool** was a large manmade hole in the ground that people filled with water and used for bathing. Sometimes they lined these pools with tiles or stones. 5:2 w377 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἑβραϊστὶ 1 When John says **in Hebrew** in his Gospel, he refers to the language spoken by the Jews during his time. This language is now called Jewish Aramaic. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jewish Aramaic” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:2 dt12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Βηθζαθά 1 **Bethesda** is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 5:2 luz3 στοὰς 1 These **porches** were structures with roofs that had at least one wall missing and were attached to the sides of buildings. 5:5 r1gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἦν δέ τις ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ 1 This verse introduces the man lying beside the pool as a new character to the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) 5:5 bez8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦν & ἐκεῖ 1 Here, **there** refers being at the pool called Bethesda in verse [2](../05/02.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “was at the Bethesda pool” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:6 w97q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 5:7 aeu3 κύριε 1 The man calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]]) 5:7 ny5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, verse [4](../05/04.md) indicates who the man believed was doing the action. Alternate translation: “when an angel moves the water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 5:7 kul6 εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν 1 See how you translated **pool** in verse [2](../05/02.md). 5:7 u93g ἄλλος πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει 1 The man believed that only the first person to enter the water after the water stirred would be healed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “another goes down before me and is healed” 5:8 eqe4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 5:9 i4tk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ & ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 John uses the word **Now** to show that the words that follow provide background information for a new event in the story that takes place in [5:10–13](../05/10.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The day on which Jesus healed the man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 5:10 ja3x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 5:10 qydu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John indicates who did the action in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “to the one whom Jesus had healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 5:10 xd9b Σάββατόν ἐστιν 1 Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “It is a Sabbath day” 5:10 o8eq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἆραι τὸν κράβαττον σου 1 Here, the Jewish leaders (who were probably Pharisees) said this because they thought that the man was doing work by carrying his mat, and so he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is not permitted for you, according to our law, to carry your mat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:11 en3v ὁ ποιήσας με ὑγιῆ 1 Alternate translation: “The one who made me well” or “The one who healed me of my illness” 5:11 kpkd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐκεῖνός μοι εἶπεν, ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that one said to me to pick up my mat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 5:12 r7nx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν 1 **They** here refers to the Jewish leaders and **him** refers to the man whom Jesus had healed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders asked the man who was healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 5:12 kryx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὁ εἰπών σοι, ἆρον 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “who told you to pick it up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 5:13 qtsj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ & ἰαθεὶς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John indicates who did the action in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “the one whom Jesus had healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 5:13 tijo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τίς ἐστιν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “who it was who had healed him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 5:13 sgx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὄχλου ὄντος ἐν τῷ τόπῳ 1 This could refer to: (1) the reason why Jesus left secretly. Alternate translation: “because a crowd was in the place” (2) the time when Jesus left secretly. Alternate translation: “while a crowd was in the place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 5:13 qzpi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ὄχλου 1 The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) 5:14 rl0k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent μετὰ ταῦτα 1 **After these things** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events which the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 5:14 h1ri rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture εὑρίσκει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 5:14 qo3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸν & αὐτῷ 1 Here, **him** refers to the man whom Jesus had healed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the healed man … that man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 5:14 h39z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 Jesus uses the term **Behold** to call the man’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 5:15 auad rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [5:10](../05/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 5:16 efg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, ἐδίωκον οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει ἐν Σαββάτῳ. 1 The writer uses the phrase **And because of this** to show that previous verse gave background information for what John will now present. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now the Jews began to persecute Jesus because he was doing these things on the Sabbath.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 5:16 ef9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to what the man whom Jesus had healed told the Jewish leaders. The Jewish leaders began to persecute Jesus because he had healed the man on the Sabbath, which was something they believed was against the law of Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Jesus had healed him on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:16 kup5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 5:16 acn0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει 1 This phrase indicates a second reason why the Jewish leaders began persecuting Jesus. Here, **these things** refers to Jesus healing people on the Sabbath. The plural **things** indicates that he healed on the Sabbath multiple times, not just on the occasion recorded in verses [5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was doing these healings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:16 f69o ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day” 5:17 lq1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 5:18 zrmw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διὰ τοῦτο οὖν 1 Here, **this** refers to what Jesus had said in the previous verse. One of the reasons why the Jewish leaders wanted to kill Jesus was that Jesus called God his Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this, therefore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:18 t5ze rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [5:10](../05/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 5:18 jwmx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἔλυε τὸ Σάββατον 1 The phrase **breaking the Sabbath** is an idiom that means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees themselves added many regulations which they considered to be equal to those God had given. It was the additional Jewish regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Jewish leaders very angry with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he not only was disobeying their Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 5:18 kpkw rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 5:18 n8bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ 1 This clause, **making himself equal to God**, is the result of what Jesus had said in the previous clause. The result of Jesus calling God Father is that he was claiming to be equal with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the result being that he was making himself equal to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 5:19 f2qp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** indicates that what Jesus is about to say is a response to the accusations of the Jewish leaders that were mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the Jewish leaders had made these accusations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 5:19 xu0e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who wanted to kill Jesus and made accusations against him in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 5:19 rr9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 5:19 c9in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 5:19 iuc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς & Πατέρα 1 **Son** and **Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 5:19 x9sl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς & καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς & ποιεῖ 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If this would confuse your readers, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 5:19 mc1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:19 ymuo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τι βλέπῃ τὸν Πατέρα ποιοῦντα 1 Jesus uses **see** to refer to knowing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he would perceive the Father doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 5:20 t3b4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ & Πατὴρ & τὸν Υἱὸν 1 **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 5:20 lk5n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν 1 As in the previous verse, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 5:20 x8ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ & δείξει αὐτῷ 1 Jesus uses **shows** and **show** to refer to revealing or making something known. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he reveals to him … he will reveal to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 5:20 rtb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns δείξει αὐτῷ 1 Here, **he** refers to God the Father and **him** refers to Jesus the Son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father will reveal to the Son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 5:20 zlr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μείζονα τούτων & ἔργα 1 Here, **works** refers specifically to miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater miracles than these” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:20 y4yy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μείζονα τούτων & ἔργα 1 Here, **these** refers to the miracles that Jesus had already performed by the time he spoke these words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater works than these miracles I have already performed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:21 s6te rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ & Υἱὸς 1 **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 5:21 xzu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ζῳοποιεῖ & οὓς θέλει ζῳοποιεῖ 1 The phrase **makes them alive** could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “makes them have eternal life … makes whom he desires have eternal life” (2) physical life, in which case it would repeat the idea of “raises the dead” in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “makes them live again … makes alive again whom he desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:21 c96p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς 1 As in the previous two verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the Son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 5:22 b2l6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ & τῷ Υἱῷ 1 **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 5:22 sc4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν κρίσιν 1 Here, **judgment** refers to the legal authority to judge people as guilty or innocent. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “power to judge others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 5:22 dtxw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τῷ Υἱῷ 1 As in the previous three verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 5:23 iqn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν & τὸν Πατέρα. ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν, οὐ τιμᾷ τὸν Πατέρα 1 **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 5:23 p2kj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν & ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν 1 As in the previous four verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 5:23 j7vc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν Πατέρα, τὸν πέμψαντα αὐτόν 1 Here, this phrase refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, the Father who sent him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:24 w6wu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 5:24 rsqh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 5:24 v45a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων 1 Here, **hearing** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one heeding my word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 5:24 eg5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον μου 1 Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 5:24 s38a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ πέμψαντί με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:24 ql7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται 1 Jesus speaks of **judgment** as if it were a place a person could enter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be judged” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 5:24 p5jx μεταβέβηκεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν 1 Here, **passed** means to move from one state to another. Alternate translation: “he has moved from death to life” 5:25 gtu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 5:25 v33w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 5:25 kosy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 See the discussion of **an hour is coming** in the General Notes to Chapter 4 and see how you translated this phrasef in [4:21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 5:25 l2xy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ νεκροὶ 1 Here, **the dead** could refer to: (1) people who are spiritually dead. Alternate translation: “the spiritually dead” (2) people who are physically dead. Alternate translation: “the physically dead” (3) both the spiritually dead and physically dead. In this case, **an hour that is coming** would refer to the future resurrection of the dead while **is now** would refer to those spiritually dead people who were listening to Jesus when he spoke these words. Alternate translation: “the spiritually dead and physically dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:25 d81y rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 5:25 croa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “of me, the Son of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 5:25 voy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀκούσουσιν & οἱ ἀκούσαντες 1 Here, **heard** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated “hearing” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “will heed … those who have heeded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:25 k1ii rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ζήσουσιν 1 This could refer to: (1) having eternal life. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life” (2) physical life, as in being resurrected after death. Alternate translation: “will become alive again” (3) both eternal life and physical life. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life and become alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:26 x136 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ & τῷ Υἱῷ 1 **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 5:26 f5vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ & ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 Here, the phrases **has life** and **have life** refer to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the source of life … the right to be the source of life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:26 yv7o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τῷ Υἱῷ & ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 5:27 pr1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ & ἐστίν 1 The first occurrence of **he** refers to God the Father, but **him** and the second occurrence of **he** refer to the Son of Man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father gave the Son … the Son is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 5:27 xlln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ & Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν 1 As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 5:27 h9em rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **authority** and **judgment**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “he authorized him to act as judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 5:27 g58f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:28 sr8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to the Son of Man’s authority to give eternal life and to carry out judgment, as stated in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not be amazed that the Father has given the Son this authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:28 yax7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 See the discussion of **an hour is coming** in the General Notes to Chapter 4 and see how you translated this phrase in verse [25](../05/25.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 5:28 h9l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ 1 As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 5:29 qnik rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς 1 In this phrase, Jesus uses **of** to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 5:29 vwuo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἀνάστασιν κρίσεως 1 In this phrase, Jesus uses **of** to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **judgment**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 5:30 bzmq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:30 f3za rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καθὼς ἀκούω, κρίνω 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Just as I hear from the Father, I judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 5:30 n8o9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ δικαία ἐστίν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **judgment** and **righteous**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “I judge rightly” or “I judge justly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 5:30 ayn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 Here, **the one having sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:31 f9vc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡ μαρτυρία μου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής. 1 Here Jesus is referring to a rule in the law of Moses. According to Deuteronomy 19:15, a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know that the law of Moses states that if I testify about myself, my testimony is not true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:31 qu3o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 Jesus assumed that his listeners understood that he was referring to testifying about himself without any other witnesses. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I testify about myself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:32 nr3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 Here, **another** refers to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “There is another who is testifying about me, the Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:33 uxh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην 1 Here and through [5:47](../05/47.md), **You** is plural and refers to the Jewish leaders to whom Jesus is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities sent to John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 5:33 athw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην 1 Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “You have sent messengers to John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 5:33 qrdg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρὸς Ἰωάννην 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to John the Baptist” or “to John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:34 rvc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun παρὰ ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, **man** does not refer to any specific man, but to any human being. Alternate translation: “from mankind” or “from anyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 5:34 dseu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα λέγω 1 Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) what Jesus said about John the Baptist in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I say this about John” (2) all that Jesus has said in verses [17–33](../05/17.md). Alternate translation: “I say these things about myself and John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:34 a4je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “so that God might save you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 5:35 qczd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 **That one** here refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 5:35 w4w3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων 1 Jesus uses the word **lamp** to refer to John the Baptist. In the way that lamps in those days burned oil and shined light, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “That one taught you the truth about God” or “That one was like a lamp that was burning and shining” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 5:35 o2j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus uses the word **light** to refer to John the Baptist’s teaching. In the way that light enables people to see in the dark, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “in his teaching” or “in his teaching that was like a light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 5:35 i0l5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πρὸς ὥραν 1 Here, **hour** refers to a short amount of time. It does not mean a 60-minute period of time or a specific point in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for a moment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 5:36 ll75 γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is an explanation of the “testimony” Jesus has mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “that testimony is” 5:36 rt6j τὰ & ἔργα 1 Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “the miracles” (2) Jesus’ miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “the miracles and teaching” 5:36 dvr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ & ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 5:36 yz3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 Here Jesus is speaking of **works** as though they were a person who could **testify** about who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this plainly. Alternate translation: “the very works that I do—are evidence for who I am” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 5:37 p157 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν 1 The reflexive pronoun **himself** emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified about who Jesus is. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “none other than the Father himself who sent me has testified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) 5:37 qjg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ 1 Here this phrase refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:38 rc2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **word** refers to the teachings that God gave to his people in the Scriptures. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his teachings” or “the Scriptures he gave us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 5:38 dfn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα 1 Here Jesus is speaking of God’s **word** as if it were an object that could remain inside people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not live according to his word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 5:38 uj90 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ 1 This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the one whom he has sent, me whom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 5:39 xi22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν 1 Some Jews in Jesus’ time believed that a person could earn their way to heaven by studying the Scriptures and doing good deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will get eternal life if you study them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:39 bmc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐν αὐταῖς & ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ 1 In this verse, **them**, **these**, and **the ones** all refer to the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state some of these words explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures … these Scriptures are the ones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 5:39 fzbf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 Here Jesus is speaking of the Scriptures as though they were a person who is **testifying** about who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this plainly. Alternate translation: “these indicate who I am” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 5:40 dzm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 Here, **come** does not mean to merely come near Jesus, but it means to follow him and be his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are not willing to come and by my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:40 xuxj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ζωὴν ἔχητε 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 5:41 c1rx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations παρὰ ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “from people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 5:42 b1j4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This could mean: (1) they did not **love** **God**. Alternate translation: “love for God” (2) they had not received God’s love. Alternate translation: “love from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 5:43 zw65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** to refer to God’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the authority of my Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 5:43 rtb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 5:43 ue9f οὐ λαμβάνετέ με 1 Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “you do not welcome me” 5:43 p7jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ 1 Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** to refer to authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If another comes in his own authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 5:44 e999 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ, οὐ ζητεῖτε? 1 Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way you are able to believe, receiving glory from one another, and are not seeking the glory that is from the only God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 5:44 g7qd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πιστεῦσαι 1 John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to believe me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 5:44 rn78 δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες 1 Here, **receiving** could refer to: (1) the time they are receiving glory. Alternate translation: “while receiving glory from one another” (2) a causal statement. Alternate translation: “since receiving glory from one another” 5:45 kk5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς ὃν ὑμεῖς ἠλπίκατε 1 **Moses** here could refer to: (1) the person named Moses who gave the Israelites the law of Moses. (2) the law of Moses itself. Alternate translation: “Moses accuses you in the law, the very law in which you have hoped” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 5:46 m9sq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ γὰρ ἐπιστεύετε Μωϋσεῖ, ἐπιστεύετε ἂν ἐμοί 1 John records Jesus making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. Jesus knows that the Jewish leaders do not truly believe Moses. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “you must not believe Moses since you do not believe me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) 5:47 kxa6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ & οὐ πιστεύετε 1 John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do not believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 5:47 b8dd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε? 1 Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will certainly never believe my words!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 5:47 x7h9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν 1 Here, **words** refers to what Jesus said to these Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what I have told you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 6:intro xe4t 0 # John 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ fourth sign: Jesus feeds a large crowd (6:1–14)\n2. Jesus’ fifth sign: Jesus walks on the Sea of Galilee (6:15–21)\n3. Jesus says he is the bread of life (6:22–71)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### King\n\nThe king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food. They thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.\n\n## Important Metaphors in this Chapter\n\n### Bread\n\nBread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread, because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted the people to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life, just as people need food to sustain physical life. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n\n### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood\n\nWhen Jesus said, “unless you would eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would drink his blood, you do not have life in yourselves,” he was speaking of believing in his sacrificial death on the cross for the forgiveness of sins. He also knew that before he died he would tell his followers to commemorate this sacrifice by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand to what the metaphor referred. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Parenthetical ideas\n\nSeveral times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some background information needed to better understand the story. These explanations are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. This information is placed inside parentheses.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 6:1-4 qhj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 # General Information:\n\nJesus had traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. Verses [1–4](../06/01.md) tell the setting of this part of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 6:1 el4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent μετὰ ταῦτα 1 This phrase, **After these things**, introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 6:1 z345 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς θαλάσσης τῆς Γαλιλαίας τῆς Τιβεριάδος 1 The **Sea of Galilee** was called by several names, one of which was Sea **of Tiberias**. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/seaofgalilee]]) If having two different names for the same place would be confusing in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Sea of Galilee (also known as the Sea of Tiberias)” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:2 ebel rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ὄχλος πολύς 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) 6:2 g6zm σημεῖα 1 See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles” 6:4 ri55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς τὸ Πάσχα, ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Passover, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 6:5 thts rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential οὖν 1 **Then** here could mean: (1) what follows is the next event in the story. Alternate translation: “Next” (2) what follows is the result of what happened in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “Therefore,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) 6:5 cxta rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπάρας & τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:35](../04/35.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 6:5 v4hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns πολὺς ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) 6:5 pzhc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 6:6 cj58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν 1 In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now he said this at that time to test him, for he himself knew what he was going to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 6:6 sr0p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal πειράζων αὐτόν 1 Here John is stating the purpose for which Jesus asked Philip the question in the previous verse. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he could test Philip” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 6:6 rrco rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτόν 1 Here, **him** refers to Philip. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Philip” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 6:6 uk6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς & ᾔδει 1 Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to make clear that the word **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself knew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) 6:7 z3gj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι 1 The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius.” It was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost 200 days’ wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) 6:8 i0cw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σίμωνος Πέτρου 1 See how you translated the name **Simon Peter** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 6:8 diq0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 6:9 k3k6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πέντε ἄρτους κριθίνους 1 The grain **barley** was a common grain eaten by the poor in Israel because it was cheaper than wheat. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/barley]]) They would bake the barley into **bread loaves**, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. Alternate translation: “five loaves of barley bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 6:9 xwu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς τοσούτους? 1 Andrew is using the question form to emphasize that they do not have enough food to feed everyone.If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “these are not enough to feed so many!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 6:10 hnaw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ποιήσατε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀναπεσεῖν. 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to make the men sit down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) 6:10 n9ft rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 6:10 v4h0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ἦν δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ. ἀνέπεσαν οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὡς πεντακισχίλιοι. 1 If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “So the men sat down, about 5,000 in number. (Now there was a lot of grass in the place.)” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 6:10 pf33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἦν δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ 1 John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the place where this event happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The place where the people were all coming together had a lot of grass” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 6:10 iz32 ἀνέπεσαν οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὡς πεντακισχίλιοι 1 Here, **men** refers specifically to adult males. Although the term for “men” used earlier in this verse refers to a group that included men, women, and children, here John is counting only the **men**. 6:11 l6pm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοὺς ἄρτους 1 This means **loaves** of bread, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. These **loaves** are those five barley **loaves** mentioned in verse [9](../06/09.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the five loaves of barley bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 6:11 mnw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εὐχαριστήσας 1 John leaves out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “having given thanks to God for the food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 6:11 wi9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche διέδωκεν 1 Here, **he** refers to “Jesus and his disciples.” Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples gave them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 6:11 ib37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν ὀψαρίων 1 These **fish** are the two **fish** mentioned in verse [9](../06/09.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those two small fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:12 leym rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐνεπλήσθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they had finished eating” or “they had filled themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 6:12 z5o3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 6:12 qp1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, συναγάγετε 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he says to his disciples to gather up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) 6:13 h64z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κοφίνους 1 Here, **baskets** refers to large baskets that were used for carrying food and goods while traveling. If your language has a word for this kind of basket, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “large traveling baskets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 6:14 d7lp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations οἱ & ἄνθρωποι 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 6:14 gmat ἰδόντες ὃ ἐποίησεν σημεῖον 1 This clause could refer to: (1) the time that they said the words which follow in the verse. Alternate translation: “at the time they saw the sign he did” (2) the reason that they said what follows in the verse. Alternate translation: “because they saw the sign he did” 6:14 nlw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃ & σημεῖον 1 Here, **sign** refers to the Jesus miraculously feeding the large crowd that was described in verses [5–13](../06/05.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sign of miraculously feeding the large crowd that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:14 g8zb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ προφήτης ὁ ἐρχόμενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 Here, **the Prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Prophet whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:15 rfbr γνοὺς ὅτι μέλλουσιν ἔρχεσθαι 1 This clause could refer to: (1) the time that Jesus decided to withdraw. Alternate translation: “at the time he realized that they were about to come” (2) the reason that Jesus decided to withdraw. Alternate translation: “because he realized that they were about to come” 6:15 hg4f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς μόνος 1 Here John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to emphasize that Jesus was completely alone. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “completely alone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) 6:16 qb23 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis is the next event in the story. Jesus’ disciples go out onto the Sea of Galilee in a boat. 6:16 tmzf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Here and throughout this chapter, **sea** refers to the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as modeled by UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:17 fkj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background καὶ σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 In these clauses John provides background information about the situation in order to help readers understand what happens in this story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 6:18 q5f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἥ τε θάλασσα ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος διηγείρετο 1 The first clause about the wind indicates the reason the **sea was being aroused** in the second clause. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because a strong wind was blowing, the sea was being aroused” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 6:18 pms3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor διηγείρετο 1 John uses **aroused** to refer to the wind causing the sea to become turbulent. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was being stirred up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 6:18 z381 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἥ & θάλασσα & διηγείρετο 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the wind was causing the sea to be aroused” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 6:19 xx7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐληλακότες 1 The boats used on the Sea of Galilee usually had positions for two, four, or six people who sat together and **rowed** with oars on each side of the boat. If your readers would not be familiar with rowed boats, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having propelled the boat through the water by using oars” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 6:19 sgf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα 1 The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about four and a half or five and a half kilometers” or “about three or three and a half miles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) 6:19 diko rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture θεωροῦσιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 6:20 tjg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 6:21 qtw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἤθελον & λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον 1 It is implied that Jesus got **into the boat**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they gladly received him into the boat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:22 v8cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) 6:22 ho60 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης 1 Here, **the other side of the sea** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee where Jesus had fed the crowd. It does not refer to the side of the Sea of Galilee that he and his disciples arrived at in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the side of the sea where Jesus performed the miracle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:22 mhjh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πλοιάριον ἄλλο οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖ, εἰ μὴ ἕν 1 Here, **one** refers to the boat that the disciples had taken to cross the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was no other boat there except the one that the disciples had taken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:23 w7qu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἄλλα ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος, ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου ὅπου ἔφαγον τὸν ἄρτον 1 In this verse John provides background information about the story. The day after Jesus miraculously fed the crowd, some **boats** with people from **Tiberias** came to see Jesus. However, Jesus and his disciples had left that place the night before. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Other boats came with people from Tiberias close to the place where the crowd had eaten the bread loaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 6:23 hwtc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Here, **the Lord** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:23 sqke rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ Κυρίου 1 John leaves out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “after the Lord had given thanks to God for the food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 6:24 vad6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** indicates that this verse is the result of what happened in verse [22](../06/22.md). This verse resumes the narrative that was interrupted by the background information in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus and his disciples had gone to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 6:24 f7t2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) 6:24 cql6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔστιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 6:24 fecq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὰ πλοιάρια 1 These **boats** are the **boats** mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into the boats that had come from Tiberias” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:24 o7vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ζητοῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Here John is stating the purpose for which the crowd went to Capernaum. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that they could seek Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 6:25 tnms rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης 1 Here, **on the other side** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee that is opposite the side where Jesus had miraculously fed the crowd. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the opposite side of the sea from where Jesus had fed the crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:26 f8j4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 6:26 l9ws σημεῖα 1 See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles” 6:26 yef5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐχορτάσθητε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “filled yourselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 6:27 hmfw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Here Jesus is using the word **food** to refer to himself, because he is the source of salvation, the One who gives **eternal life** to all who trust him. Jesus lasts forever, and so does the **eternal life** that he gives. However, the crowd does not understand this, and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 6:27 plfi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 John records Jesus leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “work for the food that endures to eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 6:27 w74i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & δώσει; τοῦτον 1 These two expressions are all refer to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will give … me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 6:27 czb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑμῖν δώσει 1 This phrase could give further information about: (1) “the food that endures to eternal life.” Alternate translation: “that is, the food the Son of Man will give you” (2) “eternal life.” Alternate translation: “that is, the life the Son of Man will give you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) 6:27 b94w rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & ὁ Πατὴρ & ὁ Θεός 1 **Son of Man** and **God the Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 6:27 bric rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:27 gf9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τοῦτον & ἐσφράγισεν 1 To “**set** a **seal**” on something means to place a mark on it in order to show to whom it belongs or to certify its authenticity. Here, the phrase is used as an idiom and could mean: (1) that the Father approves of the Son in every way. Alternate translation: “has affirmed his approval of him” (2) that the Son belongs to the Father. Alternate translation: “has affirmed that the Son belongs to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 6:29 he3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα πιστεύητε εἰς ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, Jesus says which **work** one must do in order to receive “the food that endures to eternal life” that was mentioned in verse [27](../06/27.md). This **work** is not any kind of labor or deed that can be done, but it is faith in Jesus, which is a gift from God ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../eph/02/08.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is the work of God that is required to receive the food that endures to eternal life: that you believe in the one whom that one has sent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:29 aevl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος 1 This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 6:29 z1u9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has sent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 6:31 t3jt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν τὸ μάννα ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 In this verse, John assumes that his readers will know that the crowd is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Exodus. In that story, the Israelites complained against Moses and Aaron because they were hungry. God responded by providing a flake-like food that fell from the sky and could be baked into bread. The people called this flake-like food “manna.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/manna]]) You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “Our fathers ate the manna when they were wandering in the wilderness after leaving Egypt” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:31 gye7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 The crowd used **fathers** to refer to their ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our ancestors” or “Our forefathers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 6:31 jz9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐστιν γεγραμμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 6:31 bc59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐστιν γεγραμμένον 1 Here the crowd uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 78:24](../../psa/78/24.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that the crowd is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it was written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 6:31 gzqv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐστιν γεγραμμένον, ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that he gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 6:31 fjoo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν 1 **He** here could refer to: (1) Moses, in which case the crowd was mistakenly quoting a scripture about God and applying it to Moses. This is possible because Jesus says in the next verse, “Moses has not given you the bread from heaven.” Alternate translation: “Moses gave them bread from heaven to eat” (2) God, which is who it referred to in the scripture the crowd is quoting. Alternate translation: “God gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 6:31 iiaz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 Here, John records the crowd using the word **bread** to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. The manna that God gave the Israelites from heaven was not **bread**, but a food that could be baked into **bread**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 6:32 e6s1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 6:32 qgs7 οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν 1 Here John records Jesus speaking in a way that emphasizes that **Moses** was not the source of manna in the wilderness. He seems to be correcting the crowd’s incorrect understanding of the scripture they quoted in the previous verse. Use whatever form best communicates this kind of negative emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses was not the one who has given you” 6:32 qwcf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον 1 Here John records Jesus using the word **bread** to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 6:32 xwqx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν 1 This phrase serves two purposes. First, it implies that the **Father**, not Moses, was the source of the bread from heaven mentioned by the crowd in the previous verse. Second, it indicates that the **Father** is still giving bread from heaven, although not the kind of bread the crowd is expecting. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. You may also want to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Rather, my Father has given that bread and now gives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:32 ega4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν 1 Here Jesus is using **true bread** to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this, and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 6:32 c73l rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 6:32 an7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 2 See how you translated the word **bread** earlier in this verse and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 6:33 ri0m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ὁ & ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 Here Jesus is using **bread** to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this, and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 6:33 sajx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ὁ & ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This phrase could mean: (1) the bread came from God. Alternate translation: “the bread that God gives” (2) the bread belongs to God. Alternate translation: “God’s bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 6:33 sfbk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ὁ καταβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 This phrase refers to Jesus. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 6:33 rrf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ζωὴν 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:33 k897 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here, **the world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 6:34 j26s κύριε 1 The crowd calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]]) 6:34 z9zv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον 1 Here, **bread** could refer to: (1) food in general, as the word was used by the crowd in [6:31](../06/31.md). This would mean that the crowd did not understand that Jesus was calling himself the bread from heaven. Alternate translation: “food” (2) some gift from God of which the crowd was uncertain. This would mean that the crowd recognized that Jesus was talking about something more spiritual than mere food but did not understand that he was talking about himself. Alternate translation: “heavenly food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 6:35 cr2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς 1 John records Jesus continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer to himself. In Jesus’ culture, **bread** was the primary food people ate to stay alive. Just as **bread** is necessary for sustaining physical life, Jesus is necessary for giving spiritual life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) 6:35 yq25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς 1 Jesus uses **of life** to the source of the **life** about which he is speaking. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the bread that produces life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 6:35 hvpi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς ζωῆς 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:35 lgpu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε 1 Jesus speaks about the person who trusts in him by continuing the metaphor of food that he began in verse [32](../06/32.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “The one coming to me will be like a person who never gets hungry, and the one believing in me will be like a person who never gets thirsty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) 6:35 fpgo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that anyone who trusts in Jesus will never lack spiritual satisfaction. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “The one who trusts me will certainly never lack spiritual satisfaction again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 6:35 a7my rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ 1 Here, **coming** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:35 kh35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ & οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε 1 John records Jesus using a figure of speech twice in the same verse to express a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that has the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “will always be full … will always have his thirst quenched” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 6:37 vpz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 6:37 n6bk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει & τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ 1 In this verse, **come** and **coming** do not mean to merely come near Jesus, but they mean to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will come to be my disciples … the one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:37 i92s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω 1 Jesus is using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I will keep everyone who comes to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 6:38 z84i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\n**For** introduces the reason why Jesus will not throw out anyone who comes to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 6:38 cpi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:39 uqjy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:39 x5c1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes πᾶν ὃ & μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I should keep all of them whom he has given” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 6:39 p8s0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ 1 Here, **it** refers to the whole group of believers as a whole. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly or use a plural pronoun. Alternate translation: “I would not lose from the group of believers … but will raise that group up” or “I would not lose from them … but will raise them up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 6:39 j7q6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ 1 Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 6:39 npma rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:40 wnou rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἵνα πᾶς 1 **For** introduces the reason for the Father’s will that Jesus stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is my Father’s will, because his will is also that everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 6:40 b84t rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 6:40 cb1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν Υἱὸν 1 Jesus uses **sees** to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone who understands who the Son is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 6:40 mpm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν ἐγὼ 1 Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. See how you translated this term in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 6:40 r8rr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:41 t91b Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he is speaking to the crowd. His conversation with these Jewish leaders is in verses [41–58](../06/41.md). 6:41 e216 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here and to the end of this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 6:41 wwa5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος 1 Here the Jewish leaders paraphrase what Jesus said in verse [33](../06/33.md). See how you translated **bread** and **come down from heaven** in verse [33](../06/33.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 6:42 bm3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα? 1 Here the Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they believe that Jesus is just a normal person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation, and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 6:42 i81r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα? 1 Here the Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 6:42 z0zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα? 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “How then does he now say that he has come down from heaven?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 6:44 zis9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 Here, **come** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to come to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:44 jb73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 6:44 k7ld rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με 1 Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:44 rr2m ἑλκύσῃ αὐτόν 1 Alternate translation: “would pull him” or “would drag him” 6:44 um43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτόν & αὐτὸν 1 Although the pronoun **him** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 6:44 s6b5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:40](../06/40.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 6:44 g2ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this phrase in verse [40](../06/40.md). Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:45 j1af rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 6:45 jg6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις 1 Here Jesus uses **It is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 54:13](../../isa/54/13.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “It had been written by the prophets in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 6:45 wnjr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐν τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ ἔσονται πάντες διδακτοὶ Θεοῦ 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “in the prophets that all will be taught by God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 6:45 fken rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἔσονται πάντες διδακτοὶ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will teach all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 6:45 orme rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 6:45 xmzr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔρχεται πρὸς ἐμέ 1 Here, **comes** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “comes to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:46 i9mp rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα & ἑώρακεν τὸν Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 6:46 lcz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ὢν παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ; οὗτος ἑώρακεν τὸν Πατέρα 1 John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the who is from God—I have seen the Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 6:47 de5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 6:47 t8lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὁ πιστεύων 1 John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the one believing in me” or “the one believing that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 6:48 iih2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς 1 See how you translated this phrase in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 6:49 uh76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν 1 Jesus uses **fathers** to refer to ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your forefathers” or “Your ancestors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 6:49 mr3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τὸ μάννα 1 See how you translated this expression in verse [31](../06/31.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:50 sa53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβαίνων, ἵνα τις ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ, καὶ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 Jesus continues using the **bread** metaphor to express that one must believe in him in order to have eternal life just as one must **eat** **bread** to sustain physical life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a simile. Alternate translation: “I am this bread that comes down from heaven, just as one must eat bread to live, so must one believe in me in order to not die spiritually” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) 6:50 y1x9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person οὗτός ἐστιν & αὐτοῦ 1 John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I am … me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 6:50 gse5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ἄρτος 1 See how you translated this term in verse [48](../06/48.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 6:50 lfwm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ 1 Here Jesus uses **eat** to refer to believing in him for salvation. What Jesus said plainly in verse [47](../06/47.md) he says here. If this would confuse your readers, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “might believe in me as one eats bread to live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 6:50 v212 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 Here Jesus uses **die** to refer to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might not die spiritually” or “might not experience spiritual death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 6:51 e9g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς; ἐάν τις φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου, ζήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 As in the previous verse, Jesus continues using the **bread** metaphor to say that one must believe in him in order to have eternal life just as one **eats** **bread** to sustain physical life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this as a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the living bread that comes down from heaven. Just as one lives if they eat bread, so does one who believes in me live forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) 6:51 ztqs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 Jesus uses this phrase emphatically to make a strong statement about who he is. Use the most natural way to express emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “I myself am” or “I am indeed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:51 px99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν 1 Here, **living** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to produce life, which is synonymous with “of life” in the phrase “the bread of life,” which Jesus used in [6:35](../06/35.md). See how you translated “the bread of life” in [6:35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “the bread that gives life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:51 gs06 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐάν τις φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου, ζήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 Here and in the previous verse, Jesus uses **eats** to refer to believing in Jesus for salvation. Jesus gives eternal life to those who believe in him. See how you translated “eat” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 6:51 k4bo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy σάρξ μού 1 Here, John records Jesus using **flesh** to refer to his whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 6:51 ee9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ὁ ἄρτος 2 Here Jesus is using the **bread** metaphor slightly differently from how he has used it previously. Here it refers specifically to his physical body, which he would sacrifice on the cross to pay for the sins of those who believe in him. Since Jesus says this explicitly at the end of the verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 6:51 c5z3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the eternal life of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:51 nb41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς 1 Here, **the world** is used to refer to the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the life of the people in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 6:52 v6g7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche οὖν & οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 6:52 q5nw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐμάχοντο & πρὸς ἀλλήλους οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “then the Jews began to argue among themselves, and they said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 6:52 fj5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν? 1 Here the Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about **his flesh**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way that this one is able to give us his flesh to eat!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 6:52 llc0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν σάρκα 1 Here, John records the Jews using **flesh** to refer to Jesus’ whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 6:53 q8jl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 6:53 r7hh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα 1 Here Jesus is using the phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood**. Just as people need to **eat** and **drink** in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 6:53 e2w9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα 1 These two phrases, **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood**, mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that trusting in Jesus is the only way to have eternal life. Because Jesus’ **flesh** and **blood** are important concepts, do not combine them. Instead, you could communicate the emphasis in a way that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you would indeed eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would indeed drink his blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 6:53 hkr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 6:53 quje rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:53 j1ga rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not have eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:54 hc5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 The phrases “eating my flesh” and “drinking my blood” are a metaphor for trusting Jesus. Just as people need food and drink in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 6:54 etdh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 As in the previous verse, these two phrases, **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood**, mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the one eating my flesh and drinking my blood surely has eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 6:54 ym6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:40](../06/40.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 6:54 qia5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../06/39.md). Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:55 tw5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo σάρξ μου & αἷμά μου 1 Here Jesus is using the phrases **my flesh** and **my blood** to refer to believing in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 6:55 cik2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἡ & σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις 1 Here Jesus is using the phrases **true food** and **true drink** to say that he, Jesus, gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 6:55 j4ud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἡ & σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις 1 As in the previous two verses, these two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “my flesh is indeed true food, and my blood is indeed true drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 6:56 eaoy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα 1 See how you translated this phrase in verse [54](../06/54.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 6:56 u3w4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει 1 Here, and frequently in John’s Gospel, **remains in** indicates being united in a continuous personal relationship with someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this expression in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “has a close relationship with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:56 rjpa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Here, John records Jesus leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be confusing in your language, you could supply the word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and I remain in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 6:57 y334 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ζῶν Πατὴρ 1 Here, **living** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. This is also how Jesus used **living** in verse [51](../06/51.md). See how you translated **living** in verse [51](../06/51). Alternate translation: “the Father who causes life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:57 krma rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ & Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 6:57 oczm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα 1 Here, **live** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. It does not mean to merely be alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because of the Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:57 nhp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα 1 Here, **because of the Father** indicates the reason why Jesus has the ability to cause life. God the Father gave Jesus the ability to cause others to live. Jesus explained this concept in [5:25–26](../05/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because the Father has enabled me to do so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:57 dba2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo καὶ ὁ τρώγων με 1 Jesus is using **eating me** to refer to trusting him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. See how you translated similar expressions in verses [53–56](../06/53.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 6:57 e6op rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κἀκεῖνος ζήσει δι’ ἐμέ 1 Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. It does not refer to being the source of life, as **living** and **live** are used previously in this verse. If this shift in meaning might confuse your readers, you could state the difference explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will also have eternal life because of me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:58 m2nz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς 1 John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 6:58 kv16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος & τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 Jesus is continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer to himself. Just as **bread** is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 6:58 i9ih rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ πατέρες 1 Here Jesus uses**fathers** to refer to ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ancestors” or “the forefathers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 6:58 r174 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐ καθὼς ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθανον 1 John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “this bread is not just as the bread that the fathers ate and died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 6:58 lb07 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθανον 1 The phrase **ate and died** does not mean that the people died immediately after eating the bread. If this wording would confuse your readers, you could translate it in a way that shows a time gap between eating and drinking. Alternate translation: “the fathers ate and still died at a later time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:58 j2hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 Jesus spoke about himself as **this bread**. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 6:58 jv4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 Jesus is using **eating this bread** to refer to trusting him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 6:59 ph39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 In this verse John gives background information about when this event happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 6:59 ukxi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus said to the crowd and Jewish leaders in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these teachings about being the bread of life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:60 t1me rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀκούσαντες 1 Here, John leaves out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “having heard this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 6:60 wf67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 Here, **word** stands for what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What he has just said is” or “These words are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 6:60 lmcv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σκληρός 1 Here, **hard** refers to something that causes a negative reaction because it is harsh or unpleasant. It does not refer to something that is difficult to understand, but something that is difficult to accept. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “hard to accept” or “offensive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:60 cp3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν? 1 Here the disciples use the question form for emphasis. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “no one is able to listen to it!” or “it is too hard to listen to!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 6:61 rn8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰδὼς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what his disciples were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “Even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:61 g3z7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περὶ τούτου & τοῦτο 1 In this verse, **this** refers to what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about these teachings … what I teach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:61 j2gj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμᾶς 1 Here and throughout [6:61–71](../06/61.md) **you** is plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. If your language distinguishes between singular and plural second person pronouns, you should use the plural form of **you**. Alternate translation: “you disciples of mine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 6:62 r33r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐὰν & θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον? 1 Here, John records Jesus using only one part of a conditional sentence. He leaves out the second part of the conditional sentence for emphasis. Many languages need to have both parts of a conditional sentence in order to make the sentence complete. If this is true for your language, you could supply the second clause from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if you would see the Son of Man going up to where he was before, would it offend you?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 6:62 v4tr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 6:62 ibnq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:62 uxe0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον 1 This phrase refers to heaven, where Jesus was **before** he came down to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to heaven, where I used to be” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:63 nx51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Here, **making alive** refers to giving eternal life, not physical life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Spirit is the one giving eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:63 ygqi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ σὰρξ 1 Here, **the flesh** could refer to: (1) human nature, as in the UST. (2) Jesus’ body. Alternate translation: “my flesh” (3) both human nature and Jesus’ body. “your nature and my flesh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:63 y558 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ὠφελεῖ οὐδέν 1 Here, **profit** means to be beneficial or useful. It does not mean to earn money. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has no benefit” or “is no help at all”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:63 fy9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα & ζωή ἐστιν 1 Here, **words** stands for the teachings that Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The teachings … these teachings are life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 6:63 plw8 πνεῦμά ἐστιν 1 This could mean: (1) from the Spirit. Alternate translation: “are from the Spirit” (2) about the Spirit. Alternate translation: “are about the Spirit” 6:63 gb29 καὶ ζωή ἐστιν 1 This could mean: (1) give life. Alternate translation: “and they give life” (2) about life. Alternate translation: “and they are about life” 6:63 dz25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ζωή 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:64 ey1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν 1 In this sentence John gives background information to explain why Jesus said the earlier part of this verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus said this because he knew from the start who did not believe and who would later betray him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 6:64 rlhr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἳ οὐ πιστεύουσιν & οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες 1 The implied object of **believe** and **believing** is Jesus or Jesus’ teaching. If your language requires an object for these words, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who do not believe in me … the ones not believing in me” or “who do not believe what I say … the ones not believing what I say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:65 e9ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to the information Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because of the disbelief I have just told you about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:65 c3cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 See how you translated the identical phrase in verse [44](../06/44.md). Alternate translation: “no one is able to come to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:65 ckfz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ 1 Here, the pronoun **it** refers to the ability to come to Jesus and be his disciple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ability to come to me would be have been granted to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 6:65 uvxb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Father would give it to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 6:65 g4za rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 6:66 o1pd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπῆλθον εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω 1 Here, **stayed behind** is an idiom that refers to going back to living the way one had lived previously. Here, these people left Jesus to go back to living the way they had lived before they met him. If this might confuse your readers, you could state its meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “returned to their former manner of living” or “went back to their previous way of life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 6:66 h8j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν 1 Although Jesus did walk from one place to another, here **walking** is used to refer to how a person lives and behaves. These people were **no longer** living according to Jesus’ teaching and thus were no longer his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no longer obeyed his teachings” or “no longer were his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 6:67 bg2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοῖς δώδεκα 1 John is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) 6:67 hoye rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τοῖς δώδεκα 1 If your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as the ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 6:67 ezer rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε ὑπάγειν? 1 John records Jesus asking this question in a way that expects a negative response. He does this to contrast **the Twelve** from the many other disciples who had just abandoned him. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “You probably do not want to go away also, am I right?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:68 n5ty rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σίμων Πέτρος 1 See how you translated the name **Simon Peter** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 6:68 g9l4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα? 1 **Simon Peter** is using the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 6:68 tiwh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ῥήματα ζωῆς αἰωνίου ἔχεις 1 **Peter** uses **of** to describe **words** that give **eternal life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have words that give eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 6:68 v12o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ῥήματα 1 John records Peter using the term **words** to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 6:69 o3w6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When Peter says **we**, he is speaking of himself and the rest of the twelve disciples, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 6:69 qu0n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ὁ Ἅγιος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Peter** uses **of** to describe **the Holy One** who comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy One from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 6:70 m9ys rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξελεξάμην, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν? 1 Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question in order to emphasize that one of the twelve disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: “I chose you, the Twelve, myself, and one of you is a devil!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 6:70 k335 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 See how you translated **the Twelve** in verse [67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) 6:70 jl5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν 1 The word **devil** could mean: (1) one of Jesus’ twelve disciples was a wicked person whose thoughts and actions resembled those of the **devil** or was being influenced or controlled by the **devil**. It does not mean that this person actually was the devil in human form. It also does not imply that there is more than one devil. Alternate translation: “one of you is wicked like the devil” or “one of you is controlled by the devil” (2) one of Jesus’ twelve disciples was speaking harmful and untrue things about Jesus to others. This meaning is possible because the word translated **devil** can also mean “slanderer.” Alternate translation: “one of you is a slanderer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 6:71 z9yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 # General Information:\n\nIn this verse John provides background information about what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 6:71 joha rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰούδαν Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτου 1 **Judas** and **Simon** are names of two men. This **Simon** is not the same as Simon Peter. **Iscariot** is a distinguishing term that most likely means he came from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 6:71 lttr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated **the Twelve** in verse [67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) 7:intro l712 0 # John 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus goes to Jerusalem for the Festival of Shelters (7:1–13)\n2. Jesus says his authority is from God (7:14–24)\n3. Jesus says he came from God (7:25–31)\n4. Jesus says he will return to God (7:32–36)\n5. Jesus says he is the living water (7:37–39)\n6. The people disagree about who Jesus is (7:40–44)\n7. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (7:45–53)\n\nTranslators may wish to include a note at [7:53](../07/53.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). These verses are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel.\n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Believing in him”\n\nA recurring theme in this chapter is the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed he was the Messiah, while others did not. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n### “My time has not yet come”\n\nThis phrase and “his hour had not yet come” are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events that are happening in his life.\n\n### “Living water”\n\nThis is an important metaphor used in the New Testament to refer to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this metaphor in the note about “living water” for [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Prophecy\n\nIn [7:33–34](../07/33.md) Jesus gives a prophecy about his return to heaven without explicitly indicating his statement as prophecy.\n\n### Irony\n\nNicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires them to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about that person. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “Did not believe in him”\n\nJesus’ brothers did not believe that Jesus was the Messiah at the time the events in this chapter took place. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n### “The Jews”\n\nThis term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([7:1](../07/01.md), [11](../07/11.md), [13](../07/13.md), [15](../07/15.md), [35](../07/35.md)). It is also used in [7:2](../07/02.md) to refer to Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Jewish leaders” and “Jewish people” to clarify this distinction. 7:1 b99m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent μετὰ ταῦτα 1 This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 7:1 r94g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. Apart from one exception in [7:2](../07/02.md), it does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 7:2 n2ud rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Shelters Festival, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 7:2 m4ch rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Unlike in the previous verse and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** here refers to the Jewish people in general. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:3 x8ce rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 These were Jesus’ younger **brothers**, the other sons of Mary and Joseph who were born after Jesus. Since the Father of Jesus was God and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for a man’s younger brother, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” or “his half-brothers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) 7:3 id2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς 1 Here, **works** refers to the powerful miracles that Jesus was performing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your miracles that you do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:4 by1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns ζητεῖ αὐτὸς 1 Here, Jesus’ brothers use the reflexive pronoun **himself** in order to emphasize their belief that Jesus wants to make **himself** famous. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “seeks for his own benefit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) 7:4 uj59 ζητεῖ αὐτὸς ἐν παρρησίᾳ εἶναι 1 Alternate translation: “seeks publicity for himself” or “seeks public attention” 7:4 mc8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ταῦτα ποιεῖς 1 John records Jesus’ brothers speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but they mean that it is actually true. Although they didn’t believe that Jesus was the Messiah at this time, they did not deny that he was doing miracles. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what the brothers are saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 7:4 f33j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here, **the world** is used figurative to refer to all of the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 7:5 mz2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν 1 In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the brothers of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ brothers said this because even they did not believe in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 7:5 bs7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **brothers** in verse [3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” or “his half-brothers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) 7:6 bcul rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 7:6 n5bj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν 1 This could mean: (1) It was not the right **time** for Jesus to go to Jerusalem for the festival because God had not yet told him to go. This meaning explains why he eventually went to the festival in verse [10](../07/10.md). Alternate translation: “Now is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem” (2) It was not the right **time** for Jesus to publicly reveal himself as the Messiah, which is what his brothers wanted him to do. Alternate translation: “Now is not the right time for me to publicly reveal myself as the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 7:6 z9gv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὁ ὑμέτερος 1 All instances of “you” and **your** in verses [6–8](../07/06.md) are plural. They only refer to Jesus’ brothers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) 7:6 shs9 ὁ δὲ καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος 1 Alternate translation: “but any time is good for you” 7:7 h7kv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 **The world** here refers to the people who live in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All the people in the world are not able to hate you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 7:7 s92r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns μισεῖ & περὶ αὐτοῦ & τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 In this verse, **it** refers to the people in **the world**. If you translated **the world** with a plural noun, then you should change these pronouns to plural form as well. Alternate translation: “they hate … about them … their works” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 7:7 e5hq ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν 1 Alternate translation: “I tell them that what they are doing is evil” 7:8 ax6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ἀνάβητε 1 John records Jesus saying **go up** to refer to going to Jerusalem, because that city is at a higher elevation than Galilee, which is where Jesus and his brothers were at this time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate where they would go. Alternate translation: “You go up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:8 evk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐμὸς καιρὸς οὔπω πεπλήρωται 1 This phrase means the same as “My time is not yet come” in verse [6](../07/06.md). See how you translated this phrase there. Alternate translation: “Now is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem” or “Now is not the right time for me to publicly reveal myself as the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:10 jz6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in verse [3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” or “his half-brothers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) 7:10 z4ym rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνέβη 1 See how you translated “go up” in verse [8](../07/08.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:10 rw5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet οὐ φανερῶς, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἐν κρυπτῷ 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus did not want to attract public attention in Jerusalem. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “very secretly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 7:11 i6cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche οἱ & Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 7:11 er5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ποῦ ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **that one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “Where is that so-and-so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:12 qc8f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γογγυσμὸς 1 Although the word translated **murmuring** usually refers to grumbling or complaining, here it refers to speaking quietly, without a negative meaning. Some people in **the crowd** were discussing who Jesus was and didn’t want the religious leaders to hear them. If your word for **murmuring** only has a negative connotation in your language, use a different neutral expression. Alternate translation: “quiet discussion” or “whispering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:12 glq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns τοῖς ὄχλοις & τὸν ὄχλον 1 Here, **crowds** refers to several different groups of people, while **crowd** refers to a group of people in general. See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the groups of people … the group of people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) 7:12 c27a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον 1 Here the people use **leads** **astray** to refer to persuading someone to believe something that is not true. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he misleads the crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 7:13 yyiv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 John is using **of** to describe the **fear** that the people had for the Jewish leaders. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of their fear that the Jews would harm them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 7:13 n8bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 7:14 yut8 τῆς ἑορτῆς 1 Here, **the festival** refers to the Jewish Festival of Shelters mentioned in verse [1](../07/01.md). See how you translated the word **festival** there. Alternate translation: “the Shelters festival” 7:14 jqnk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. John is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 7:15 u12l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 7:15 obtt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐθαύμαζον 1 The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since the Jewish leaders despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “showed their surprise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:15 e7ve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδεν, μὴ μεμαθηκώς? 1 The Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they were surprised and annoyed by how much knowledge Jesus had about Scripture. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He certainly cannot know so much about the scriptures, not being educated!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 7:15 k8wh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὗτος 1 Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:15 oqzy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ μεμαθηκώς 1 Here, the Jewish leaders use **educated** to refer to receiving a Jewish religious education, which would include studying the Hebrew scriptures and Jewish religious traditions. This does not mean that they thought Jesus didn’t know how to read or write. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “not being trained in our scriptures and doctrines” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:15 z0db rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐθαύμαζον & οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the Jews marveled, and they said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 7:16 h7mr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 Here, **the one having sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:17 vlcd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν & ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching. A teaching could only have authority if God was its source. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is with God’s authority … only with my own authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:18 u5h6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of what the person is speaking. A teaching could only have authority if God was its source. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by his own authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:18 z5bx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἰδίαν ζητεῖ; ὁ δὲ ζητῶν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “seeks to make himself glorious, but the one seeking to make the one who sent him glorious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 7:18 xf9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unrighteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he is not wicked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 7:19 c7xq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον? 1 Jesus is using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It was Moses who gave you the law, but none of you obeys the law!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 7:19 c85j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns τὸν νόμον & ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον 1 See how you translated **the law** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) 7:19 iwv8 ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον 1 Here, **does the law** means to keep, follow, or obey **the law**. If this use of **does** would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeys the law” 7:19 bfd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί με ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Jesus is using the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders who want to **kill** him for breaking the law of Moses are themselves breaking that law. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You break the law yourselves and yet you want to kill me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 7:20 hdud rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) 7:20 l1rq δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 Alternate translation: “A demon is inside of you!” or “You must be under the control of a demon!” 7:20 r9wi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 **The crowd** is using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one wants to kill you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 7:21 b63z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἓν ἔργον 1 Here, **work** refers to the time when Jesus miraculously healed a paralyzed man on the Jewish day of rest called the Sabbath, as recorded in [5:5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “one miracle on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:21 l1zf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντες θαυμάζετε 1 The word translated **marvel** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since some people in this crowd despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are all surprised” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:22 o9n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to someone doing something on the Sabbath to help someone else. More specifically, Jesus is referring to the time he offended the Jews by healing a paralyzed man on the Sabbath. This event was indirectly mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “On account of activities like healing taking place on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:22 d8sw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐστὶν, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων 1 Here Jesus provides additional information about where the Jewish practice of circumcision came from. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 7:22 w22v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν πατέρων 1 Here, **fathers** refers specifically to the first ancestors of the Jewish people, who are often called “the Patriarchs.” Those people are Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. It does not refer to the ancestors of the Jewish people in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Patriarchs” or “the men who founded the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:22 cs9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν Σαββάτῳ περιτέμνετε ἄνθρωπον 1 Jesus implies that to **circumcise** a child was a kind of work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath. That is working too” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:22 dl6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ἄνθρωπον 1 Jesus is speaking of any Jewish **man** in general, not of one particular **man**. If this use of **man** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 7:23 t21u rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ περιτομὴν λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since a man receives circumcision on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 7:23 k04n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος 1 See how you translated **man** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “men receive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 7:23 owuc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ὁ νόμος 1 See how you translated **the law** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) 7:23 ltsk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might not break the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 7:23 fbk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως 1 Here, Jesus uses **broken** to refer to disobeying the regulations that God gave in **the law of Moses**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the regulations of the law of Moses might not be disobeyed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 7:23 w9wn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα ἐν Σαββάτῳ? 1 Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 7:24 x4fl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ κρίνετε κατ’ ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε 1 Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right based only on what they can see. A person does something for a reason and that reason cannot be seen. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not judge people according to appearance! Instead, decide what is right according to what God says is right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:24 mrll rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κατ’ ὄψιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **appearance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to what you see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 7:24 b7zy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “judge righteously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 7:25 ts7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν ζητοῦσιν ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Here, **the Jerusalemites** are using the question form for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is the one they are seeking to kill!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 7:26 n5pi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν 1 The Jerusalemites use this phrase in order to imply that the Jewish leaders are not opposing Jesus. Alternate translation: “they say nothing to oppose him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:26 s2un rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μήποτε ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἄρχοντες, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός? 1 Here, the Jerusalemites ask this question in a way that expects a negative response, but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that the rulers really know this is the Christ?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:26 f1jp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ ἄρχοντες 1 This phrase refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin, which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The members of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:27 rqq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦτον 1 Here, John records the Jerusalemites saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:28 ht31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἔκραξεν οὖν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ διδάσκων Ἰησοῦς, καὶ λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus cried out in the temple. While he was teaching, he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 7:28 zxh7 ἔκραξεν 1 Alternate translation: “spoke in a loud voice” 7:28 ah7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Jesus and the people were actually in the courtyard of the **temple**. See how you translated **temple** in [7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 7:28 w35k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 See how you translated **from myself** in verse [17](../07/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:28 a2h9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με 1 Here, **the one having sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in verse [16](../07/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:28 rc3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με 1 Here, **true** could mean: (1) real, in contrast to a false god. In this case, Jesus would be saying that the Father is the only real God. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is the real God” (2) truthful, in contrast to a liar. In this case, Jesus would be saying that Father who sent him always tells the truth. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me can be trusted” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:30 kci1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** indicates that this verse states the result of what had happened in the previous verses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of Jesus saying these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 7:30 e0ce rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐζήτουν 1 Here, **they** could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities were seeking” (2) the Jerusalemites. Alternate translation: “the people dwelling in Jerusalem were seeking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 7:30 pamg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὴν χεῖρα 1 To lay **a hand on** someone is an idiom which means to grab someone or hold onto someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “no one grabbed him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 7:30 pxr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **hour** is used to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 7:31 uuzq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) 7:31 y5m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ὁ Χριστὸς, ὅταν ἔλθῃ, μὴ πλείονα σημεῖα ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν? 1 The **crowd** uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “When the Christ may come, surely he will not do more signs than this one has done!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 7:31 x8e4 σημεῖα 1 See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles” 7:32 re08 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns τοῦ ὄχλου 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) 7:32 efsz γογγύζοντος 1 Although the word translated **murmuring** usually refers to grumbling or complaining, here it refers to speaking quietly, without a negative meaning. Some people in **the crowd** were discussing whether or not Jesus was the Messiah and didn’t want the religious leaders to hear them. See how you translated this word in verse [12](../07/12.md). 7:33 xm7p ἔτι χρόνον μικρὸν μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι 1 Alternate translation: “I will remain with you for only a short period of time” 7:33 d666 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ὑπάγω 1 Here Jesus uses **go away** to refer to his death and return to heaven. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 7:33 b4m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 This phrase refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in verse [16](../07/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:34 p7w6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you will not be able to come to the place where I am” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 7:35 zn29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 7:35 ojvy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὗτος 1 Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. See how you translated this phrase in verse [15](../07/15.md). Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:35 tc23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ εἰς τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων μέλλει πορεύεσθαι, καὶ διδάσκειν τοὺς Ἕλληνας? 1 The Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely he is not about to go to the dispersion of the Greeks and to teach the Greeks!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 7:35 ef1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν διασπορὰν 1 Here, **dispersion** refers to the Jewish people who were spread across the Greek-speaking world that was outside of the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who are dispersed” or “the Jews who are scattered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:35 g64h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων 1 The Jews used the phrase **of the Greeks** to describe the location where the Jews were dispersed. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the Jews who are dispersed among the Greeks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 7:36 ib6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε 1 Here, **word** is used to refer to the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared. The Jewish leaders had failed to understand that message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What was he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 7:36 h18z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπε, ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετέ; καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 7:36 dyy1 ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετέ; καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 See how you translated this in verse [34](../07/34.md). 7:37 elc6 0 # General Information:\n\nAbout three or four days has passed since the events described in verses [14–36](../07/14.md). It is now the last day of the Festival of Shelters, and Jesus speaks to the crowd. 7:37 n3um rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἔκραξεν λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “cried out, and he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 7:37 ipem ἔκραξεν 1 See how you translated this phrase in verse [28](../07/28.md). 7:37 iy9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐάν τις διψᾷ 1 Here Jesus uses **thirst** to refer to a person’s need for God, just as someone would **thirst** for water. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “If anyone who recognizes their need for God is like a thirsty person who desires water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 7:37 ayn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω 1 Here Jesus uses **come** and **drink** to refer together to believing in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “let him believe in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 7:38 u9cx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή 1 If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. You will also need to adjust some words to fit the new order. Alternate translation: “As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 7:38 wtl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή, ποταμοὶ ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “rivers of living water will flow from the stomach of the one believing in me, just as the scripture says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 7:38 q926 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή 1 Here Jesus uses **scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophets spoke in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 7:38 uw2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποταμοὶ & ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 Here Jesus uses **rivers** to refer to a constant and abundant flow of **living water**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “An abundance of living water will flow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 7:38 yt75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 Jesus uses **living water** here to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, since John explains this meaning in the next verse, you do not need to explain it further here. See how you translated **living water** in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 7:38 y1zb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 Here, **living** is used to mean “giving eternal life” or “causing people to live forever.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of water that gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:38 ebk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) the person who believes in Jesus. This meaning is used in most Bible translations and assumes that a new sentence begins at the beginning of this verse. Alternate translation, as in the ULT: “his” (2) Jesus. This meaning is used in some ancient church writings and assumes that the sentence at the end of the previous verse continues into through **the one believing in me** in this verse. Alternate translation: “my” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 7:38 cx1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ 1 Here the **stomach** is used to refer to the non-physical part of a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 7:39 i8wx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 # General Information:\n\nIn this verse John gives information to clarify what Jesus was talking about in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 7:39 qbr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὔπω & ἦν Πνεῦμα 1 John implies here that **the Spirit** would later come to dwell in those who trusted in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit had not yet come to dwell in the believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:39 n599 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη 1 Here the word **glorified** could refer to: (1) the time when Jesus would die on the cross and rise from the dead (see John [12:23](../12/23.md)). Alternate translation: “had not yet been crucified and resurrected” (2) the time when Jesus would ascend to his Father in heaven. [Acts 1–2](../act/01/01.md) records the Holy Spirit coming after Jesus went up to heaven. Alternate translation: “had not yet returned to God in glory” (3) both the crucifixion, resurrection, and ascension of Jesus. Alternate translation: “had not yet been glorified by his death, resurrection, and return to heaven” See the discussion of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:40 xvts rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential οὖν 1 **Then** here indicates that what follows is the continuation of the narrative from [7:38](../07/38.md), which John had interrupted with background information in [7:39](../07/39.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could show reference to earlier events by translating this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus had said this about the Holy Spirit,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) 7:40 schi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) 7:40 ifli rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῶν λόγων τούτων 1 John uses the term **words** to describe the content of what Jesus had said by referring to something associated with it, the **words** he used to communicate it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things he was saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 7:40 shq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ προφήτης 1 See how you translated **the Prophet** in [1:21](01/21.md). Alternate translation: “the Prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit) 7:41 alq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται? 1 These people are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the Christ surely does not come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 7:42 n8nb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός? 1 The people are using the form of a question to add emphasis. This group of people does not believe Jesus is the Messiah, because they do not think he came from Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating the words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The scriptures surely say that the Christ will come from the seed of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 7:42 ep4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν 1 **Scripture** here is referred to as though it were a person who could speak. If this use of **said** might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Have the prophets not said in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 7:43 h7d3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σχίσμα & ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **division**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the crowd was divided” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 7:43 lf5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) 7:44 yv80 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τινὲς & ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Here, **them** refers to the people in the crowd with whom Jesus had just spoken, particularly those who were opposed to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of his opponents in the crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 7:44 rc64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 See how you translated this phrase in [7:30](../07/30.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 7:47 z95z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε? 1 The **Pharisees** ask this question in a way that expects a negative response but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that you have also been deceived?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:47 i47o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He has not also deceived you, has he?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 7:48 e8vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μή τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτὸν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων? 1 Here, **the Pharisees** are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely none from the rulers have believed in him, or from the Pharisees!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 7:48 zkmd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν ἀρχόντων 1 Here, **rulers** refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin, which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) See how you translated **rulers** in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “a member of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:49 n0am rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) 7:49 y4wf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns τὸν νόμον 1 See how you translated **the law** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) 7:49 jk8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has cursed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 7:50 u5ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρότερον, εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 John provides this information to remind us of who Nicodemus is and the conversation he had with Jesus that is recorded in [chapter 3](../03/01.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “this man was a Pharisee who had spoken with Jesus at an earlier time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 7:50 yw8i εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Alternate translation: “although he was one of them” or “despite being one of them” 7:50 hj1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 7:51 ia3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ? 1 Nicodemus is using the form of a question to add emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Our law certainly does not judge a man unless it might first hear from him and might know what he does!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 7:51 y8df rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ 1 Nicodemus speaks of the **law** as if it were a person. If this use of **law** is not natural in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It is not written in our law that we may judge a man unless we might first hear from him and might know what he does, is it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 7:51 c2h5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Here, **a man** does not refer to a specific man. It refers to any man in general. Alternate translation: “any man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 7:52 pt91 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ? 1 The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not **from Galilee**. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. If your language does not use questions in this way, use another way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “You must also be one of those people from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 7:52 k6pg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε 1 Here, John records the Jewish leaders leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the missing words from the context. Alternate translation: “Look carefully and read what is written in the Scriptures to learn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 7:52 jm59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προφήτης ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας οὐκ ἐγείρεται 1 The Jewish leaders believed that Jesus came **from Galilee** and that no **prophet** in the scriptures came **from Galilee**. Therefore, based on their reasoning, Jesus could not be a **prophet**. However, what they believed was incorrect. Jesus did not originally come from Galilee, but Bethlehem in Judea. Also, the prophet Jonah came **from Galilee** ([2 Kings 14:25](../2ki/14/25.md)) and [Isaiah 9:1–7](../isa/09/01.md) said that the Messiah would be a great light rising from Galilee. If your readers might not understand what the Jewish leaders are implying, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “no prophet rises up from Galilee, so this man cannot be a true prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 7:52 i0im ἐγείρεται 1 Here, **rises up** means to appear. Alternate translation: “appears” 7:53 s5fi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants 0 # General Information:\n\nThe best early texts do not have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. See the discussion of this textual issue in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 8:intro e667 0 # John 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus forgives the adulterous woman [8:1–11](../08/01.md)\n2. Jesus says he is the light of the world (8:12–20)\n3. Jesus says he came from above (8:21–30)\n4. Jesus says he frees people from sin (8:31–36)\n5. Jesus describes the true children of Abraham and the children of Satan (8:37–47)\n6. Jesus is greater than Abraham (8:48–59)\n\nTranslators may wish to include a note at [8:1](../08/01.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen to translate or to not translate [8:1–11](../08/01.md). [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md) are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. Those ancient texts which do have these verses also have many differences between them, which are additional evidence that these verses were not originally in the Gospel of John. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nGenerally in John’s Gospel, light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. Similar to the discussion of light in [1:4–9](../01/04.md), in [8:12](../08/12.md) Jesus applies the light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. Jesus calls himself the Light of the World because he is the one who enables people to know God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/light]])\n\n### I AM\n\nJohn records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase three times in this chapter ([8:24](../08/24.md), [28](../08/28.md), [58](../08/58.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in [Exodus 3:14](../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 8:1 mkz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants 0 # General Information:\n\nThe best early texts do not have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. See the discussion of this textual issue in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 8:12 m4ma rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent 0 In this verse Jesus begins speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple some time after the events of [John 7:1–52](../07/01.md). John does not mark the beginning of this new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 8:12 pvpr rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations πάλιν & αὐτοῖς ἐλάλησεν & λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “spoke to the people again, and he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 8:12 k5ib rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου & ἀλλ’ ἕξει τὸ φῶς τῆς ζωῆς 1 Here Jesus uses **light** to refer to God’s truth and goodness that are revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. See the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes to this chapter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness, that is like a light, to the world … but will have that truth and goodness of life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 8:12 yc5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 Here, **world** refers to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of the people of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 8:12 zf41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ 1 Here, **following** means to become Jesus’ disciple and obey his teachings. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “the one who becomes my disciple” or “the one who obeys me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 8:12 tse3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 Here Jesus uses the phrase **walk in the darkness** to refer to living a sinful life. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “may certainly not live as if he were living in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 8:12 vw7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession φῶς τῆς ζωῆς 1 Here, John records Jesus using the **of** to describe **light** that gives **life**. If this use of the possessive form is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “light that brings life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 8:12 lvdg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς ζωῆς 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:13 ih9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς 1 The Pharisees assumed that their listeners understood that they were referring to Jesus testifying about himself without there being any other witnesses to confirm his **testimony**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are testifying about yourself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:13 mrj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής 1 The Pharisees are implying that the **testimony** of only one person **is not true** because of a rule in the law of Moses. According to [Deuteronomy 19:15](../deu/19/15.md), a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “your testimony about yourself cannot be true because the law of Moses requires at least two witnesses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:14 bh68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ οἴδατε 1 In [8:14–20](../08/14.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Pharisees. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If this would confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but you Pharisees do not know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 8:15 k92s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν σάρκα 1 Here Jesus uses **the flesh** to refer to human standards. Such standards are superficial and based on the limitations of sinful human nature. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “standards limited by human nature” or “superficial human standards” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 8:15 j79i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα 1 This could mean: (1) Jesus does not judge anyone in the same manner as the Pharisees, that is, **according to the flesh**. Alternate translation: “I do not judge anyone according to the flesh” (2) Jesus is not judging anyone at that time. Alternate translation: “I do not judge anyone at this time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 8:16 ys2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what I judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 8:16 jb2f ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν 1 Here, Jesus is contrasting the nature of the Pharisees’ **judgment** with the nature of his own **judgment**. Alternate translation: “my judgment is right” or “my judgment is according to what is true” 8:16 ev1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μόνος οὐκ εἰμί 1 Here, Jesus implies that he is **not alone** when he judges people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not alone in how I judge” or “I do not judge alone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:16 cbrc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:16 r7dx rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ & Πατήρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 8:17 r2r8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “Moses” did it. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 8:17 l6ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀληθής ἐστιν 1 Here, Jesus is referring to a rule in the law of Moses. According to [Deuteronomy 19:15](../deu/19/15.md), a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If it would be helpful to your readers, then you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if the testimony of two men agrees, then it is valid” or “if two men say something that agrees, then it should be considered to be true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:18 gfd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 In addition to Jesus himself, God **the Father** also **testifies about** Jesus. Jesus thus implies that his testimony is true, because there are two witnesses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Father, who sent me, also brings evidence about me. So you should believe that what we tell you is true” or “my Father, who sent me, also testifies about me. Therefore, my testimony is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:18 ayl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in verse [16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:18 ycc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ & Πατήρ 2 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 8:19 o66t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν Πατέρα μου. εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε 1 In this verse, **know** refers to knowing who Jesus and God actually are, not just knowing information about them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know neither who I am nor who my Father is; if you had known who I am, you would have known who my Father is also” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:19 b26z rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 8:19 wcd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε. 1 Here, Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that the Pharisees do not know who he really is and do not really know God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “you do not know me, because if you did, you would also know my Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) 8:20 p01r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 In this verse John finishes telling about the events in the story by giving background information about where these events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 8:20 xa7h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα 1 Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus had just spoken in verses [12–19](../08/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things about himself” or “these things to the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 8:20 witr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ 1 A **treasury** is the place where treasures are stored. In Jesus’ time, the temple **treasury** referred to a place in the courtyard that had containers for receiving money offerings. If your readers would not be familiar with this use of **treasury**, you could give a fuller description. Alternate translation: “the place where people gave money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 8:20 b11j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **hour** is used to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this phrase in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 8:21 ls93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent εἶπεν οὖν πάλιν αὐτοῖς 1 **Then again** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “At another time he again said to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 8:21 lxox rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἐγὼ ὑπάγω & ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω 1 Two times in this verse Jesus uses **go away** to refer to his death and return to God in heaven. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 8:21 d70v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 Here, **sin** is singular. This could refer to one: (1) the specific sin of rejecting Jesus as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “in your sin of unbelief” (2) sinfulness in general. Alternate translation: “in your state of sinfulness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 8:21 m0w8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “You are not able to come to where I go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 8:22 a4p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 8:22 upxp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μήτι ἀποκτενεῖ ἑαυτὸν 1 John records the Jewish leaders using the form of a question in a way that expects a negative response but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that he will kill himself?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:22 vskt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὅτι λέγει, ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Is that why he says that where he goes, we will not be able to come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 8:22 mi1t ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 See how you translated this clause in the previous verse. 8:23 oc6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ 1 In [8:23–30](../08/23.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Jewish leaders. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities are from below” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 8:23 zug9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ 1 The phrase **from below** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You came from the things below” (2) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “You belong to the things below” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:23 tg9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν κάτω 1 Here, John records Jesus using **the things below** to refer to **this world**. It does not refer to hell. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are from this lower world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:23 a7ny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί 1 The phrase **from the things above** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “I came from the things above” (2) the place where the subject belongs, which is heaven. Alternate translation: “I belong to the things above” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:23 qlv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί 1 Here, John records Jesus using **the things above** to refer to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:23 svn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐστέ, ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 The phrase **from this world** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You come from this world; I do not come from this world” (2) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “You belong to this world; I do not belong to this world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:23 w3vx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τούτου τοῦ κόσμου & τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 Here, **this world** refers to everything in the universe that has been corrupted by sin and is hostile to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this sinful world … this sinful world” or “this world that opposes God … this world that opposes God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 8:24 jgw4 ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν & ἐγώ εἰμι, ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν 1 This phrase **you will die in your sins** is different from the similar statement in verse [21](../08/21.md) because **sins** is plural in this verse but singular in that verse. Therefore, make sure that you translate **sins** differently than how you translated “sin” in verse [21](../08/21.md). 8:24 he1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι 1 This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM” in [Exodus 3:14](../exo/03/14.md). Alternate translation: “that I am the I AM” (2) Jesus expects the people to understand that he is referring to what he already has already said about himself in the previous verse: “that I am from above” See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:25 t7tv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔλεγον 1 Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 8:25 c106 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τὴν ἀρχὴν ὅ τι καὶ λαλῶ ὑμῖν? 1 Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he has already told the Jewish leaders who he is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am who I have been telling you I am since the beginning!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 8:26 f9pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ἀλλ’ ὁ πέμψας με ἀληθής ἐστιν, κἀγὼ ἃ ἤκουσα παρ’ αὐτοῦ, ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases and make a new sentence. Alternate translation: “But I will say to the world the things that I heard from him who sent me. He is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 8:26 n3gf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ὁ πέμψας με & παρ’ αὐτοῦ 1 These phrases refer to God. However, since the Jewish leaders did not understand what Jesus meant when he used these phrases, you do not need to explain their meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 8:26 ivk5 ὁ πέμψας με ἀληθής ἐστιν 1 Here, **true** means to be truthful or to speak only the truth. If this use of **true** would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is truthful” or “the one who sent me tells the truth” 8:26 xj8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κἀγὼ ἃ ἤκουσα παρ’ αὐτοῦ, ταῦτα 1 Jesus says that **the one who sent** him **is true** in order to imply that **these things** he **heard** and spoke are **true**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the true things that I heard from him, these true things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:26 lsc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 Here, John records Jesus using **the world** to refer to the people who live in **the world**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things I say to everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 8:27 i7gq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 # General Information:\n\nIn this verse John gives information about the Jewish leaders to explain their reaction to Jesus’ teaching. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 8:27 hh1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 8:28 x6ca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅταν ὑψώσητε 1 Here, John records Jesus referring to when he would be **lifted up** on the cross to be killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you have lifted me up on a cross to kill me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:28 qsch rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὅταν ὑψώσητε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this clause in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 8:28 er3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:28 tcs5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 See how you translated this phrase in verse [24](../08/24.md) and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:28 zysh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase, **from myself**, in [5:30](../05/30.md). Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:28 vq9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καθὼς ἐδίδαξέν με ὁ Πατὴρ, ταῦτα λαλῶ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 8:29 w9cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με 1 Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:29 vai4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Here Jesus uses **with me** to refer to God’s help. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “helping me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 8:30 ld9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 Here, John is describing something that happened at the same time as the other clause in the sentence. If this might confuse your readers, you could make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “At the time Jesus was saying these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) 8:31 tgat rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τοὺς & Ἰουδαίους 1 In [8:31–59](../08/31.md) **those Jews** could refer to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “those Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “those Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 8:31 f79h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμεῖς 1 In [8:31–59](../08/31.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he could be speaking to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “you Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 8:31 g752 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ 1 The phrase **remain in my word** means to obey what **Jesus** said. If this might confuse your readers, you can express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 8:32 esz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς 1 Jesus speaks of **truth** as though it were a person who could **free** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “knowing the truth will cause you to be free” or “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 8:32 xf9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν & ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 Here, **the truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is true about God … those true things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]). 8:33 n34n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε 1 The Jews are using the question form here to emphasize their shock at what Jesus has said. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 8:33 s6jz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “how can you say that we will be free” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 8:34 i2pn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 8:34 jg3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 Here Jesus uses the word **slave** to refer to someone who cannot stop sinning. This implies that **sin** is like a master for the person who sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile instead. Alternate translation: “is like a slave to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 8:35 nfyp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ & δοῦλος οὐ μένει & ὁ Υἱὸς μένει 1 Jesus is speaking of slaves and sons in general, not of one particular **slave** and **son**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “slaves do not remain … sons remain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 8:35 sg4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 Here, Jesus uses **house** to refer to the family that lives inside the **house**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 8:35 mknn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 This clause is in contrast to the previous clause. Although slaves do not remain permanent members of the family who owns them, sons are permanent family members. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but the son remains into eternity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) 8:35 j73t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “the son remains in the house into eternity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 8:36 n6fp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐὰν & ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε 1 It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin. Alternate translation: “if the Son sets you free from sin, you will truly be free” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:36 w3q1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἐὰν & ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ 1 Unlike the generic use of **son** in the previous verse, here Jesus uses **the Son** to refer to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “if I, the Son, free you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 8:36 mapu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐὰν & ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ 1 Here Jesus uses **frees** to refer to stopping people from being controlled by their sinful desires. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “if the Son frees you from being controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 8:36 nqcr rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus, **the Son** of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 8:36 ak0s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε 1 Here Jesus uses **free** to refer to people no longer being controlled by their sinful desires and thus able to avoid sinning. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “you will truly no longer be controlled by sin” or “you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 8:37 orw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 This phrase **has no place in you** is an idiom that means to truly accept or believe something. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a similar idiom in your language or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not receive my words in your hearts” or “you reject my words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 8:37 ph1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς 1 Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 8:38 m62y rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρὶ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 8:38 f9yu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo καὶ ὑμεῖς & ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ποιεῖτε 1 In this clause, Jesus uses the phrase **the father** to refer to the devil. Despite using the same words as in the previous clause, here Jesus is not referring to God. However, since Jesus did not yet reveal what he meant when he used this phrase, but was speaking ambiguously, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 8:39 qp2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ 1 Here the people use **father** to refer to their ancestor. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our forefather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 8:39 wg9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 8:39 v7og rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here Jesus uses **children** to mean “descendants.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “descendants of Abraham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 8:39 xcnx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ 1 Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that were done by **Abraham**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by Abraham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 8:40 s615 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν 1 Here, **this** refers to what Jesus said earlier in the verse about what the Jews were trying to do to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not seek to kill someone who told him the truth from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:41 i87r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 Jesus uses the phrase **your father** to refer to the devil. However, since the Jews did not understand what Jesus meant when he used this phrase, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 8:41 y82e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα 1 Here, the Jews imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is and that his birth is the result of an immoral sexual relationship. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children” or “We were all born from proper marriages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:42 nh4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ὁ Θεὸς Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἦν, ἠγαπᾶτε ἂν ἐμέ 1 Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he already knows that the condition is not true. Jesus knows that the Jews speaking to him here do not love him and are not true followers of God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “God is surely not your father, because if he were, you would love me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) 8:42 mk2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐλήλυθα 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “have I come on my own authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:42 p7iv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνός 1 Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 8:43 ig11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion διὰ τί τὴν λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ γινώσκετε? 1 Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will tell you why you do not understand what I say!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 8:43 yham rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν 1 Here, **hear** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not able to heed my words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 8:43 cf8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν 1 Here, Jesus uses **words** to refer to his teachings. See how you translated this phrase in [5:47](../05/47.md). Alternate translation: “my teachings.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 8:44 vgy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ 1 The phrase **from your father** could refer to: (1) the person to whom the subject belongs, as in the UST. (2) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You came from your father, the devil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:44 csgm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, **That one** refers to **the devil**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The devil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 8:44 pmda rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἦν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 Here, **the beginning** refers to the time when the first humans, Adam and Eve, sinned. It does not refer to the very beginning of time. The devil tempted Eve to sin and Adam sinned as well. Because they sinned, all living things die as part of the punishment for sin. Therefore, Jesus calls **the devil** a **murderer** for starting the process that brought death to the world. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “was a murderer from the time when he tempted the first people to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:44 i1e4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐκ ἔστηκεν 1 The phrase **does not stand in the truth** is an idiom that means to not accept or approve of what is true. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “does not approve of the truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 8:44 j6rz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Here Jesus speaks of **truth** as if it were an object that could exist inside someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he never speaks the truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 8:44 hqmo ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων λαλεῖ 1 Alternate translation: “he speaks according to his character” or “he speaks what is most natural for him to speak” 8:44 k1qu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus uses **father** to refer to the one who originated the act of lying. Since **the devil** is the first being to tell a lie, he is called the **father** of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the first one to lie” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 8:44 x11i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **it** refers to the act of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the father of lying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:46 y3gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας? 1 Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he has never sinned. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “None of you can convict me concerning sin!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 8:46 kh6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ἀλήθειαν λέγω 1 John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what John is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 8:46 ibp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι? 1 Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to scold the Jews for their unbelief. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have no reason for not believing me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 8:47 lien rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ὢν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ & ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἐστέ 1 The phrase **from God** could refer to: (1) the person to whom the subject belongs, as in the UST. (2) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “He who came from God … you did not come from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:47 nmmq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ὁ ὢν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Although **He** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “A person who is from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 8:47 njo6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀκούει & ὑμεῖς οὐκ ἀκούετε 1 Here, **hears** and **hear** mean to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated **hear** in verse [43](../08/43.md). Alternate translation: “heeds … you do not heed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 8:47 l7gy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, Jesus uses **words** to refer to what God has said. See how you translated **words** in [5:47](../05/47.md). Alternate translation: “the things that God has said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 8:48 vu1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **The Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 8:48 cic5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις? 1 **The Jews** are using a rhetorical question here to accuse Jesus and to dishonor him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly say rightly that you are a Samaritan and have a demon!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 8:48 ovbe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ 1 Most Jewish people in Jesus’ time hated and despised Samaritans, so his Jewish opponents here called Jesus a **Samaritan** in order to insult him. Use the natural form in your language to indicate that this is an insult. Alternate translation: “you are one of those accursed Samaritans” or “you are an enemy Samaritan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:48 fk8t δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 See how you translated this phrase in [7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “a demon is inside of you!” or “you must be under the control of a demon!” 8:49 pgts ἐγὼ δαιμόνιον οὐκ ἔχω 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “a demon is not inside of me” or “I am not under the control of a demon” 8:50 wmmd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οὐ ζητῶ τὴν δόξαν μου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I do not seek to glorify myself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 8:50 fg43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων 1 Here, **one** refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God is the one seeking and judging” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:50 d00s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὁ ζητῶν 1 Here, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “one seeking my glory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 8:50 cs55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis κρίνων 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. Here, **judging** could refer to: (1) God **judging** between what Jesus said about himself and what his Jewish opponents were saying about him. Alternate translation: “judging between your testimony and mine” (2) God condemning those who dishonor Jesus. Alternate translation: “judging those who dishonor me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 8:51 fb52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 8:51 m46r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον 1 Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. See how you translated this phrase in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 8:51 bgrt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ 1 Here Jesus uses **see** to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 8:51 gx7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 Jesus uses **death** to refer to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical **death**. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 8:52 e9xz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 8:52 bwhv δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 Alternate translation: “a demon is inside of you” or “you must be under the control of a demon” 8:52 wzq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes σὺ λέγεις, ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that if anyone keeps your word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 8:52 zah1 ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ 1 See how you translated this in the previous verse. 8:52 a1ls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ γεύσηται θανάτου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 **The Jews** say here that Jesus used **taste** to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not ever experience death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 8:52 il4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θανάτου 1 See how you translated **death** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 8:53 shp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν? 1 The Jews are using this question to emphasize that they do not think that Jesus is **greater than Abraham**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who died!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 8:53 p38s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../08/39.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 8:53 cei7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς? 1 The Jews are using this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not think that you are so important!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 8:54 ab13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 8:54 lomt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “about whom you say that he is your God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 8:55 c3bm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus uses **word** to refer what God has said. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what God says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 8:56 wofu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../08/39.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 8:56 vb1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἴδῃ & εἶδεν 1 Here Jesus uses **see** to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he might experience … he experienced it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 8:56 tyu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν 1 Here Jesus uses **my day** to refer to the time when Jesus came to earth. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my coming” or “the time when I would come to earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 8:56 hv5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη 1 This phrase could mean: (1) Abraham literally **saw** a prophetic vision of Jesus coming to earth. Alternate translation: “he foresaw my coming through revelation from God and was glad” (2) when his son Isaac was born, Abraham metaphorically **saw** that God was beginning to fulfill the covenant that would culminate in Jesus coming to earth. Alternate translation: “he perceived my coming when God gave him a son, and he was glad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 8:57 yzf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 See how you translated **the Jews** in [8:31](../08/31.md). Alternate translation: “the Judeans” or “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 8:57 r1ek rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἑώρακας? 1 Here, **the Jews** opposing Jesus are using this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are less than fifty years old! You could not possibly have seen Abraham!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 8:58 rnw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 8:58 k4tp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ εἰμί 1 See how you translated **I am** verse [24](../08/24.md) and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:59 bxs5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦραν & λίθους, ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 The Jews opposing **Jesus** are outraged at what **Jesus** said in the previous verse. Here, John implies that they **picked up stones** in order to kill him by stoning because he had made himself equal to God (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/stone]]). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they picked up stones in order to kill him, because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 8:59 qwe6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 **Jesus** and his Jewish opponents were in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated **temple** in [8:14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 9:intro hq31 0 # John 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ sixth sign: he heals a blind man (9:1–12)\n2. The Pharisees question the formerly blind man whom Jesus healed (9:13–34)\n3. Jesus speaks with the formerly blind man and some Pharisees (9:35–41)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Who sinned?”\n\nMany of the Jews in Jesus’ time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he, his parents, or someone else in his family had sinned. The rabbis even taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### “A sinner”\n\nThe Pharisees call some people in this chapter “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### “He does not keep the Sabbath”\n\nThe Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by healing the blind man. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n## Important Metaphors in this Chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nThe Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### Seeing and being blind\n\nJesus uses the healing of the blind man as a metaphor for spiritual blindness. Just as a blind man cannot see the physical world, a man who is spiritually blind does not recognize God’s truth, which includes his sinfulness and need for salvation. The blind man in this story is first healed from his physical blindness ([9:6–7](../09/06.md)), then from his spiritual blindness ([9:38](../09/38.md)). By contrast, the Pharisees are not physically blind but are spiritually blind. Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they have seen him do great miracles that only someone sent from God could do, but they still refuse to believe that God sent him or that they are sinners who need to repent ([9:39–40](../09/39.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([9:35](../09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 9:1 un4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 **And** here shows that John intended for the events in this chapter to be directly connected to what Jesus said in the previous chapter. In [chapter 8](../08/01.md), Jesus said that he is the Light of the World. In this chapter, Jesus demonstrates that he is the Light of the World by giving physical sight and spiritual light to a blind man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 9:2 hf1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν & λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “asked him, and they said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 9:2 w44c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τίς ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ? 1 This question reflects the ancient Jewish belief that sin caused illnesses and other deformities. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Teacher, we know that sin causes a person to be blind. Whose sin caused this man to be born blind? did this man himself sin, or was it his parents who sinned?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:2 zzh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that he might be blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 9:3 q69k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἵνα φανερωθῇ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Here, John records Jesus leaving out some information that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “he was born blind so that the works of God might be revealed in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 9:3 agwa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that are performed by **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 9:3 omt9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive φανερωθῇ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I might reveal the works of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 9:3 j9re rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Here, **him** could refer to: (1) the man’s body, especially his blind eyes. Alternate translation: “in his body” (2) the man’s body and spirit. Alternate translation: “in his body and spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 9:4 h231 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 When Jesus says **us** here, he is including himself and the disciples who are with him. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 9:4 qs5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 Here, Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that God wants Jesus and his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works that the one who sent me demands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 9:4 mv5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 Here, **the one having sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:4 x8rx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν; ἔρχεται νὺξ 1 Here, **day** and **night** could mean: (1) the time when Jesus was on the earth with his disciples and the time when he was no longer on earth, respectively. Alternate translation: “while I am still with you. The time when I will leave you is coming” (2) a person’s lifetime and the time that person dies, respectively. Alternate translation: “while we are still alive. The time when we will die is coming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:4 g92d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν 1 Here Jesus uses **day**. He compares the time when he and his disciples can do God’s work to the daytime, which is the time when people normally work. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while it is the time like the daylight hours when people usually work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 9:4 rloj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔρχεται νὺξ 1 Here Jesus uses **Night**. He compares the time when he and his disciples cannot do God’s work to the nighttime, which is the time when people normally cannot work because it is too dark to see. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The time like the night hours is coming when people cannot work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 9:5 f2xu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here Jesus uses **world** to refer to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 9:5 dd8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor φῶς εἰμι τοῦ κόσμου 1 See how you translated this clause in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “I am the one who is like a light and who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 9:6 y3s4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος 1 Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and **saliva** into **mud**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:7 ily8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit νίψαι & ἐνίψατο 1 Here, Jesus wanted the blind man to **wash** the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that is what the man did. Jesus did not want him to bathe or **wash** his whole body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and wash your eyes … washed his eyes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:7 haum rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν κολυμβήθραν τοῦ Σιλωάμ 1 Jesus is using **of** to describe a **pool** that is called **Siloam**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the pool named Siloam” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 9:7 ror0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 9:7 ri9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος 1 In this clause John provides a brief break in the storyline in order to explain to his readers what **Siloam** means. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 9:7 p54y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος 1 John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name **Siloam** means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is the Aramaic word for ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:7 q68b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἦλθεν 1 As the next verse suggests, the man **came back** to his home, not to Jesus. Your language may state “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went back” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) 9:7 rj0w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βλέπων 1 Here, **seeing** means that the man became able to see before coming back. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after becoming able to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:8 d1vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὅτι προσαίτης ἦν 1 This clause is missing some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “those who had seen that he was a beggar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 9:8 r79x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν? 1 The people here are using a rhetorical question to express their surprise at seeing the blind man who has been healed. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man is the one who used to sit and beg!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 9:10 m97n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί? 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “How did your eyes become opened?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 9:10 yy53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί 1 Here, **eyes** **opened** describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How are you able to see?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 9:11 nii1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰησοῦς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom we call Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 9:11 a42y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πηλὸν ἐποίησεν 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:6](../09/06.md). Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt with saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:11 b5zf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit νίψαι & καὶ νιψάμενος 1 See how you translated **wash** in [9:7](../09/07.md). Alternate translation: “wash your eyes … and having washed my eyes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:11 ajxb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀνέβλεψα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sight**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I could see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 9:13 cu14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἄγουσιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 9:14 dl48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 # General Information:\n\nIn this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when Jesus healed the man. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 9:14 ef0w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν πηλὸν ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 The negative reaction of the Pharisees described in the following verses is based on their belief that, according to their religious law, Jesus’ actions were considered to be work. Therefore, they believed that he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus made the mud and opened his eyes. These were two deeds the Pharisees considered to be work.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:14 qxy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 Here, **opened** **eyes** describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caused him to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 9:15 d6xd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 Here, **again** means that this is the second time people questioned the blind man whom Jesus had healed. It does not mean that this is the second time **the Pharisees** questioned him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then, in addition to his neighbors questioning him, the Pharisees also began asking him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:15 exy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀνέβλεψεν 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “he could see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 9:15 g2vb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐνιψάμην 1 See how you translated **washed** in [9:11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “I washed my eyes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:16 hdh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ 1 The phrase **he does not keep the Sabbath** means he disobeys the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees added many regulations which they considered to be equal with those that God had given. It was these additional regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Pharisees very angry with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he does not obeying our Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:16 h0tt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came **from God**. Since Jesus was not obeying the Pharisees’ rules, they refused to believe that God had given him authority. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This man does not have God’s authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:16 k4sy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν? 1 Some people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that Jesus’ signs prove he is not a sinner. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A sinner cannot possibly do such signs!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 9:16 qn73 σημεῖα 1 See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles” 9:16 jeyz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σχίσμα ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **division**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they divided themselves against each other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 9:17 lxnf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγουσιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 9:17 glud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 Because the next verse indicates that the Pharisees did not believe that the man used to be blind, here, **since** does not mean that they thought the man had really been healed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you claim that he opened your eyes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:17 lcb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 Here, **he opened your eyes** describes the newly gained ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “he caused you to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 9:18 y3wn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the result of what the man said about Jesus in the previous verse. Because the formerly blind man believed Jesus was a prophet, **the Jews** who opposed Jesus refused to believe that the man had really been blind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Since the man said that Jesus was a prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 9:18 awp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 9:19 umip rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἠρώτησαν αὐτοὺς λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they asked him, and they said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 9:19 npf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was blind when you bore him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 9:20 pg6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 9:21 ahky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡλικίαν ἔχει 1 The phrase **full maturity** describes a person who is an adult and is legally responsible for himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is an adult” or “is a full-grown man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:22 yq73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 # General Information:\n\nIn this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 9:22 k2iw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τοὺς Ἰουδαίους & οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 9:22 yjv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται 1 Here John uses **put out of the synagogue** to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were **put out of the synagogue**, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 9:23 go77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡλικίαν ἔχει 1 See how you translated this phrase in [9:21](../09/21.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:24 h1tl ἐφώνησαν & τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders introduced in ([9:18](../09/18.md)) 9:24 bkx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom δὸς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 This is an idiom that Jewish people used when commanding someone to take an oath. It first appears in [Joshua 7:19](../jos/07/19.md) when Joshua orders Achan to confess his sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Speak the truth before God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 9:24 ww3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this man** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:25 sr93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, **that one** refers to the man who had been blind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the man who had been blind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 9:26 z2l2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πῶς ἤνοιξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 Here, **open eyes** describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How did he cause you to see?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 9:27 cf2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί πάλιν θέλετε ἀκούειν? 1 The man is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize his amazement that the Jewish leaders have asked him to tell them again what happened. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you want to listen again to what happened to me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 9:27 rpav rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι? 1 Here the formerly blind man actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. He knows that the Jewish leaders do not want to follow Jesus, but asks this question to ridicule them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It sounds like you also want to become his disciples!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) 9:28 h7hy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκείνου 1 Here John records the Jewish leaders saying **that one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “of that so-and-so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:28 z2tn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐσμὲν μαθηταί 1 Here, the pronoun **we** is exclusive. The Jewish leaders are speaking only of themselves. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “but we true Jews are disciples of Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 9:29 b8id rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦτον 1 Here John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:29 vv43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦτον & πόθεν ἐστίν 1 Here, the Jewish leaders use **from** to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came **from** God, but they say that they do not know where he came **from**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “where this one gets his authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:30 d9uh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἐν τούτῳ γὰρ τὸ θαυμαστόν ἐστιν, ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε 1 If the plain statement form for this seems unnatural, you could translate this as an exclamation and you may need to make a new sentence. Alternate translation: “This is amazing! You do not know” or “How remarkable! You do not know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) 9:30 i3gm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πόθεν ἐστίν 1 See how you translated **from** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:30 lent rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἤνοιξέν μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “he caused me to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 9:31 e7ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἁμαρτωλῶν & οὐκ ἀκούει & τούτου ἀκούει 1 Here, **hear** and **hears** mean paying attention to or listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to **hear** what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does not heed sinners … he heeds this one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 9:32 b2xt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἠκούσθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one has ever heard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 9:32 hstv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἠνέῳξέν & ὀφθαλμοὺς τυφλοῦ γεγεννημένου 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “caused one having been born blind to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 9:32 bzxd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τυφλοῦ γεγεννημένου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of one who was blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 9:33 tt5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ, οὐκ ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν 1 Here, the formerly blind man uses a double negative sentence pattern to emphasize the positive fact that Jesus must be **from God**. If this double-negative pattern would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only a man from God would be able to do anything like that!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 9:33 pyin rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ 1 The formerly blind man is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He has concluded that Jesus must have come **from God** because he healed him. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not from God, but he is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) 9:33 sd3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ ἦν & παρὰ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated **from God** in [9:16](../09/16.md). Alternate translation: “did not have God’s authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:33 ry9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐδέν 1 Here, **anything** does not mean “anything at all.” It means **anything** like the miraculous signs that Jesus was performing, particularly his healing of this man who was born blind. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “anything like healing a man blind from birth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:34 da3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς? 1 The Jewish leaders are using a question to emphasize their belief that this man was not qualified to question their opinion. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You were completely born in sins, and you are not qualified to teach us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 9:34 wo1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Your mother bore you completely in sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 9:34 mcm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος 1 The Jewish leaders mention the formerly blind man being **born in sins** to imply that the **sins** of his parents had caused his blindness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You were born blind completely because of your parents’ sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:34 kl2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω 1 Here John uses **threw him out** to refer to him no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were thrown out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was forbidden to enter the synagogue” or “he was forbidden to belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 9:35 z6r9 0 # General Information:\n\nJesus finds the man whom he healed in ([9:1–7](../09/01.md)) and begins to speak to him and the crowd. 9:35 amfh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “they had forbidden him from entering the synagogue” or “they had forbidden him from belonging to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 9:35 mxkw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὑρὼν αὐτὸν 1 Here, **found** implies that **Jesus** had first searched for the man. It does not mean that Jesus unintentionally or accidentally met the man at another time. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having looked for him and found him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:35 tw58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man”. However, the formerly blind man did not realize that Jesus was speaking of himself, and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to him until verse [37](../09/37.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain that Jesus is speaking about himself here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 9:35 v3a0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 9:36 gurg κύριε 1 The formerly blind man calls Jesus **sir** in order to show respect or politeness. He does not yet know that Jesus is the Lord. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]]) 9:37 z3rk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person καὶ ὁ λαλῶν μετὰ σοῦ ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν 1 Here, Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person form. Alternate translation: “and I, the one who is speaking with you, am that one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 9:38 emlm Κύριε 1 Now that the formerly blind man knows that Jesus is the **Lord,** he calls Jesus **Lord**. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]]) 9:38 gf4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πιστεύω 1 Here, the formerly blind man is leaving out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from [9:36](../09/36.md). Alternate translation: “I believe that you are the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 9:39 azp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In order to judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 9:39 te5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται 1 Here, **not seeing**, **see**, **seeing**, and **become blind** are metaphors. See the discussion of these metaphors in the General Notes for this chapter. If these uses of these words would confuse your readers, you could use similes or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that those who know they are spiritually blind might receive spiritual sight, and those who falsely think they have spiritual sight might remain spiritually blind” or “so that those who recognize that they don’t know God might know him, and those who falsely think they know God might continue not knowing him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 9:39 t9vo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται 1 Here, **so that** could indicate that: (1) the rest of the verse is the result of Jesus’ **judgment**, which may require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The result of my judgment will be that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (2) the rest of the verse is an explanation of the **judgment** Jesus mentioned at the beginning of the verse, which may also require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “That judgment is that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 9:40 d8mm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν? 1 Several **Pharisees** are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think that they are spiritually blind. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We surely are not also blind!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 9:40 c8zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν? 1 Here the Pharisees use **blind** to refer to not knowing God’s truth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “We are not also ignorant of God’s truth, are we?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 9:41 rh3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν 1 See how you translated **blind** in [9:39–40](../09/39.md). Alternate translation: “If you did not know God’s truth, you would have no sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 9:41 bj0s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν & ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει 1 In these two phrases, Jesus speaks of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess or that could remain with a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you would not be sinful … You are still sinful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 9:41 jmq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν, ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει 1 See how you translated **see** in [9:39](../09/39.md). Alternate translation: “you say, ‘We know God’s truth.’ Your sin remains” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 9:41 ch0y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν, ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that you see, so your sin remains” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 10:intro e8mb 0 # John 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus tells the Parable of the Sheep Pen (10:1–6)\n2. Jesus says he is the gate of the sheep pen (10:7–10)\n3. Jesus says he is the Good Shepherd (10:11–18)\n4. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (10:19–21)\n5. Jesus says he is God at the Festival of Dedication (10:22–42)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Blasphemy\n\nBlasphemy is when a person claims that he is God or claims that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by throwing stones at them until they died. When Jesus said, “I and the Father are one,” the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they picked up stones to kill him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Parables\n\nParables were short stories that Jesus told so that people who wanted to believe in him could easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. People who did not want to believe in him would not be able to understand the message ([10:1–6](../10/01.md)).\n\n### Sheep\n\nJesus spoke metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God’s people are similar to sheep in that they also are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]])\n\n### Sheep pen\n\nA sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep for periods of time, such as over night. There were large sheep pens in which multiple flocks were kept, and also smaller sheep pens for a single flock. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them. In [10:1–5](../10/01.md), Jesus uses the sheep pen as a metaphor for the people of Israel. Out of the “sheep pen” of the Jewish people, Jesus calls his first “sheep.”\n\n### Laying down and taking up life\n\nJesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could: (1) lay down on the ground, which is a metaphor for dying, or (2) pick up again, which is a metaphor for becoming alive again. 10:1-5 gzd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables 0 # General Information:\n\nIn [10:1–5](../10/01.md), Jesus speaks a parable, which he then uses for teaching purposes in [10:7–18](../10/07.md). Here, the “shepherd” is a metaphor for Jesus and “sheep” is a metaphor for people. “His own sheep” are the people who follow Jesus, and the **thief**, **robber**, and “strangers” are the Jewish leaders, including the Pharisees, who try to deceive the people. Since Jesus does not explain the meaning of this parable here, you should not explain the metaphors within the parable itself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) 10:1 ab9x Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nIn [10:1–21](../10/01.md), Jesus continues to speak to the Pharisees whom he was speaking with at the end of the last chapter. This section continues the story which began in [9:35](../09/35.md). 10:1 i3tj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 10:1 xq1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown αὐλὴν τῶν προβάτων 1 A **sheep pen** is an enclosed or fenced area where a shepherd keeps his sheep. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with this way of protecting livestock, you could use a general expression for a roofless space surrounded by walls or a fence. Alternate translation: “walled area for protecting the sheep” or “place where sheep are kept” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 10:1 zz7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κλέπτης & καὶ λῃστής 1 The words translated **thief** and **robber** describe two different kinds of criminals. A **thief** is a person who steals by stealth, but a **robber** is a person who steals by force or violence. For this reason, you may want to use “or” instead of **and** between these two terms. Alternate translation: “a thief or a robber” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 10:2 ib4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ποιμήν & τῶν προβάτων 1 Jesus is using **of** to describe a **shepherd** who takes care of **the sheep**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherd who cares for the sheep” or “the shepherd in charge of the sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 10:3 uy2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὁ θυρωρὸς 1 A **gatekeeper** is a person who guards the sheep pen and opens the gate for the shepherd. If your readers would not be familiar with this way of protecting livestock, you could use a general expression for a person who guards an entrance. Alternate translation: “The gate guard” or “The person guarding the gate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 10:3 q48q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The gatekeeper opens the gate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 10:3 ploz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τούτῳ & τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ & τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα φωνεῖ 1 In this verse, **this one**, **his**, and **he** refer to the shepherd mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for this shepherd … the shepherd’s voice … the shepherd calls his own sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 10:3 db3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει 1 Here, **hear** could mean: (1) all the sheep in the pen **hear** the shepherd’s **voice**, but not all of them respond to it, as in the ULT. This meaning implies that there are multiple flocks in the sheep pen. (2) the sheep that belong to the shepherd heed or obey his **voice**. This implies that **the sheep** are identical with **his own sheep**. Alternate translation: “the sheep heed his voice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:3 zxsd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα φωνεῖ κατ’ ὄνομα 1 Here, **his own sheep** are designated as a separate group among **the sheep** of the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he calls his own sheep by name out from among all the sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 10:4 n1ta rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν πορεύεται 1 Shepherds in Jesus’ culture led their sheep by walking in front of them. If people who take care of livestock in your culture do not do this, you might need to state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he leads them to pasture by walking in front of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 10:5 z8dm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns τῶν ἀλλοτρίων τὴν φωνήν 1 Here, the word **voice** is singular in form, but it refers to all of the strangers’ voices as a group. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the voices of strangers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) 10:6 u3nw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν 1 This **parable** is an illustration from the work of shepherds that uses metaphors. See the discussion of parables in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “this analogy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) 10:6 i3ot rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 In this verse, **them**, **those ones**, and **they** refer to the Pharisees, whom Jesus was speaking with in [9:40–41](../09/40.md). If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 10:7 q3na Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nIn [10:7–18](../10/07.md), Jesus uses ideas from the parable he told in [10:1–5](../10/01.md) in order to teach about himself, those who believe in him, and those who deceive the people. 10:7 q4hs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 10:7 nj4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα 1 Here Jesus uses the word **gate** differently than he did in [10:1–2](../10/01.md). Here, Jesus uses **gate** to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:7 wk8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων 1 Jesus is using **of** to describe himself as a **gate** that is for **the sheep** to use. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “I am the gate for the sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 10:7 posn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν προβάτων 1 Here, Jesus uses **sheep** to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “of those who follow me like sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:8 k4z6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντες ὅσοι ἦλθον πρὸ ἐμοῦ 1 **Everyone** here is an exaggeration that refers to the majority of Israel’s leaders, including the Pharisees and other Jewish leaders. Not every leader of Israel throughout history was wicked, but most were. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Most leaders who came before me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 10:8 hqq3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κλέπται & καὶ λῃσταί 1 Here Jesus uses **thief** and **robber** to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “like a thief and a robber” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:8 o7ou rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κλέπται & καὶ λῃσταί 1 The words translated **thief** and **robber** describe two different kinds of criminals. See how you translated this expression in [10:1](../10/01.md). Alternate translation: “a thief or a robber” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 10:8 z4hb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα 1 In this verse, Jesus uses **sheep** to refer specifically to the Jewish people who believed in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the sheep who follow me” or “the sheep, my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:8 xa5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐκ ἤκουσαν αὐτῶν 1 Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to **hear** what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did not heed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:9 yp3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα 1 Here Jesus uses the word **gate** to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. See how you translated this phrase in [10:7](../10/07.md). Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:9 gda6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor δι’ ἐμοῦ ἐάν τις εἰσέλθῃ 1 Here Jesus uses **enters through me** to refer to trusting in him for salvation. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If anyone believes in me for salvation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:9 xl78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σωθήσεται 1 Here, **saved** refers to being **saved** from the eternal punishment in hell that all people deserve because of their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be saved from hell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:9 nmvk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save him” or “I will save him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 10:9 n70e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰσελεύσεται, καὶ ἐξελεύσεται 1 The phrase **go in and go out** is a common Old Testament idiom meaning to travel and move around freely in a safe environment. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he will move about freely” or “he will go around in a safe environment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 10:9 in9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor νομὴν εὑρήσει 1 Jesus uses the phrase ** find pasture** to refer to having one’s needs provided for. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will find sustenance” or “will receive everything that he needs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:10 ymc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ κλέπτης 1 Jesus is speaking of thieves in general, not of one particular **thief**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “A thief” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 10:10 nicf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ κλέπτης 1 Jesus uses **thief** to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. See how you translated the similar use of this word in [10:8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “Every leader is like a thief who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:10 h2gf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔρχεται εἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ 1 If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “comes only in order that he might steal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 10:10 h56c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis κλέψῃ, καὶ θύσῃ, καὶ ἀπολέσῃ 1 Here, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he might steal and kill and destroy the sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 10:10 zho7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔχωσιν 1 Here, **they** refers to the sheep, which is a metaphor for God’s people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sheep might have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 10:10 j2k6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 10:10 fnu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ περισσὸν ἔχωσιν 1 Here, **abundantly** implies that the eternal **life** Jesus’ followers will receive has more blessings than anyone could expect. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and might have it with abundant blessings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 10:11 x196 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nIn [10:11–18](../10/11.md), Jesus uses ideas from the parable he told in [10:1–5](../10/01.md) to proclaim that he is the good shepherd who leads his sheep to heaven and takes care of them. 10:11 xs4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 Jesus uses the phrase **good shepherd** to refer to himself. Just as a **good shepherd** takes care of his **sheep**, Jesus takes care of his followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:11 llr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν 1 Here Jesus uses **lays down his life** to refer to voluntarily dying. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “voluntarily dies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 10:11 p4tv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν προβάτων 1 See how you translated **sheep** in the [10:8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:12 ym8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ μισθωτὸς 1 Jesus uses the phrase **hired servant** to refer to the Jewish leaders and teachers. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “each of your leaders is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:12 n6ci rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ μισθωτὸς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man whom someone hired” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 10:12 bbwn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸν λύκον & ὁ λύκος 1 A **wolf** is a fierce wild dog that is known for attacking and devouring livestock. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal, you could use the name of a fierce predator or wild dog in your area that commonly eats farmers’ livestock, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the fierce predator … that predator” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 10:12 ue4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα & τὰ πρόβατα 1 See how you translated **sheep** in the [10:8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:12 j3rc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ὁ λύκος ἁρπάζει αὐτὰ καὶ σκορπίζει 1 This clause describes two events. The first event causes the second event. When **the wolf** attacks and **seizes** a sheep, the other sheep scatter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “the wolf seizes a sheep, and the rest of the sheep scatter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) 10:13 ra00 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μισθωτός 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 10:13 szr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐ μέλει αὐτῷ περὶ τῶν προβάτων 1 Jesus compares a **hired man** who abandons **the sheep** to the Jewish leaders and teachers who do not care for God’s people. See how you translated **sheep** in the [10:8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “he is not concerned about the sheep, just like your leaders are not concerned about God’s people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:14 fg93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 See how you translated this phrase in [10:11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:15 qr9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ & τὸν Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 10:15 pn9w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχήν μου τίθημι 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [10:11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “I voluntarily die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 10:15 mwpf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῶν προβάτων 1 See how you translated this phrase in the [10:8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:16 y3g7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω, ἃ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τῆς αὐλῆς ταύτης 1 Jesus uses **other sheep** to refer to his followers who are not Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “I have disciples who are not from the Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:16 la1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῆς αὐλῆς ταύτης 1 Jesus uses **sheep pen** to refer to the people of Israel. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:16 v95z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis κἀκεῖνα & ἀγαγεῖν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. This could mean: (1) Jesus will bring them to himself, as in the UST. (2) Jesus will bring them to God. Alternate translation: “to bring them also to God”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 10:16 kq11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούσουσιν 1 Here, **hear** refers to listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [10:8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “they will heed my voice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:16 w86n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μία ποίμνη 1 Jesus uses **flock** to refer to all of his followers, including Jews and non-Jews, as if they are one group, like a **flock** of **sheep**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:16 bobi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἷς ποιμήν 1 Jesus uses **shepherd** to refer to himself. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for the chapter. See also how you translated **shepherd** in [10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:17 kd16 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus finishes speaking to the crowd. 10:17 i59j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure διὰ τοῦτό, με ὁ Πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ, ὅτι ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου, ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν 1 Here, **this** refers to all the information in the second clause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Because I lay down my life so that I might take it up again, the Father loves me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 10:17 kpr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 10:17 wc4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [10:11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “I voluntarily die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 10:17 s9ck rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν 1 Jesus refers to becoming alive again as if life were an object that he could **take up**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that I might cause myself to be alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:18 z4xh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐδεὶς ἦρεν αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Here Jesus refers to his life as if it were an object that someone could take away. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “No one is causing me to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:18 rnj4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν & θεῖναι αὐτήν 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I voluntarily die … to voluntarily die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 10:18 j945 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 The reflexive pronoun **myself** is used here to emphasize that Jesus voluntarily lays down his own life. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I myself lay it down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) 10:18 lo79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πάλιν λαβεῖν αὐτήν 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “to cause myself to be alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:18 s13n rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 10:19 wft1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σχίσμα πάλιν ἐγένετο ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **division**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The Jews divided themselves against each other again” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) 10:19 g4rs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter and the previous chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 10:19 nici rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus has just said to **the Jews** in the previous verses. It wasn’t the words themselves that caused division, but the meaning of what Jesus said. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of the things he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 10:20 uoce δαιμόνιον ἔχει 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “A demon is inside of him!” or “He must be under the control of a demon!” 10:20 gm3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε? 1 Jesus’ opponents are using the form of a question to emphasize that the people should not listen to Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should certainly not listen to him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 10:21 zrwb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα οὐκ ἔστιν δαιμονιζομένου 1 Here, **words** refers to what a **demon-possessed man** would say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “These things are not what a demon-possessed man would say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 10:21 mj2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ δαιμόνιον δύναται τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι? 1 The people are using the form of a question to emphasize that they do not believe that a **demon** could heal a **blind** person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly a demon cannot cause a blind man to see!” or “Certainly a demon cannot give sight to blind people!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 10:21 dcau rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι 1 Here, **open the eyes** describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, **the eyes**. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to cause the blind to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 10:22 f9cm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 # General Information:\n\nSome Jews begin to question Jesus during **the Festival of Dedication**. This verse gives background information about the time when the events of [10:24–39](../10/24.md) took place. The next verse gives background information about the place where those events too place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 10:22 w25f rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰ ἐνκαίνια 1 The **Festival of Dedication** is an eight-day holiday that Jews celebrate in the **winter** to remember when they dedicated the Jewish temple to God after it had been defiled by the Syrians. If your readers would not be familiar with this holiday, you could use a general expression to explain it. Alternate translation: “the Jewish temple dedication festival” or “the Jewish festival for remembering the dedication of their temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 10:23 v6wn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 **Jesus was walking** in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated** temple** in [8:14](../08/14.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus was walking in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 10:23 henb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τῇ στοᾷ τοῦ Σολομῶνος 1 Here, the possessive form describes **the porch** that was associated with King **Solomon** in some way. It may have been the only remaining part of the temple built during the time of **Solomon**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the porch associated with Solomon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 10:23 cs2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown στοᾷ 1 A **porch** was a structure with a roof; it had at least one wall missing and was attached to the side of a building. See how you translated this word in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 10:24 m8ja rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 10:24 nk9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις 1 Here, **taking away our life** is an idiom that means to keep people in suspense by not telling them something. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will you keep us from knowing for sure?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 10:25 cb95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ ἔργα 1 Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “The miracles” (2) Jesus’ miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “The miracles and teaching” See how you translated **works** in [5:36](../05/36.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 10:25 e7zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Here, **name** could mean: (1) Jesus performed miracles by means of God’s authority. Alternate translation: “through my Father’s authority” (2) Jesus performed miracles as God’s representative. Alternate translation: “as my Father’s representative” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 10:25 bqz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 10:25 n34x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 Jesus speaks of his **works** as though they were a person who could testify and offer proof in a court of law. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 10:26 als6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐκ & ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν 1 Jesus uses **sheep** to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:27 rdw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ 1 See how you translated **My sheep** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “My followers” or “My disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:27 xakd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν 1 Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [10:16](../10/16.md). Alternate translation: “heed my voice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:27 f7y8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀκολουθοῦσίν μοι 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 10:28 bpx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐχ ἁρπάσει τις αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου 1 Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** to refer to his protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from me” or “they all will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 10:29 g82a rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὃς δέδωκέν μοι 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 10:29 k1ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐδεὶς δύναται ἁρπάζειν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός 1 Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** to refer to God’s protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. See how you translated **hand** and **snatch** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from my Father” or “they all will remain secure forever in my Father’s care” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 10:30 xok8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕν ἐσμεν 1 Here, the word translated **one** means to be one entity. Although this expression implies that Jesus is God, he is not identical to God **the Father**. Therefore, **one** cannot be translated as “one person.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “are one entity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 10:30 rs4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 10:31 fl8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 10:31 a42t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἵνα λιθάσωσιν αὐτόν 1 **The Jews** opposing Jesus are outraged at what Jesus said in the previous verse. Here, John implies that they wanted to kill him with stones because he had made himself equal to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they might stone him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 10:32 uvdo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πολλὰ ἔργα καλὰ & αὐτῶν ἔργον 1 See how you translated **works** in [10:25](../10/25.md). Alternate translation: “many good miracles … of those miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 10:32 kttb ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 This phrase could refer to: (1) the source of the **good works**. Alternate translation: “originating from the Father” (2) the one who enabled the **good works**. Alternate translation: “given to me by the Father” 10:32 t5q8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 10:32 tx8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον, ἐμὲ λιθάζετε? 1 Here Jesus is using irony. Jesus knows the Jewish leaders do not want to stone him because he has done **good works**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your certainly are not stoning me because of those works!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) 10:33 bq1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [10:31](../10/31.md). Alternate translation: “The Jewish authorities answered him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 10:33 khfg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns περὶ βλασφημίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blasphemy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because you are blaspheming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 10:33 w0v8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βλασφημίας 1 Here, the **Jews** use the word **blasphemy** with its technical sense, which refers to a human being claiming to be God. This is what the Jewish leaders felt Jesus was doing in [10:30](../10/30.md). Here, **blasphemy** does not have a general sense of “insult.” See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “committing the crime of blasphemy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 10:33 h4kp ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν 1 This phrase means to claim to be God. It does not mean to try to make oneself into God or become God. Alternate translation: “saying that you are God” 10:34 qi82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε? 1 Here Jesus uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is certainly written in your law, ‘I said, “You are gods”’.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 10:34 tb1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Did not a prophet write” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 10:34 smk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν 1 Here Jesus uses **written in your law** to introduce a quotation from ([Psalm 82:6](../../psa/82/06.md)). Psalms is considered to be part of the Old Testament “wisdom literature.” However, the Jews sometimes used **law** broadly to refer to the entire Old Testament. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly that Jesus was quoting from Psalms. Alternate translation: “Has it not been written in the Psalms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 10:34 rycn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 10:34 b3gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε 1 Jesus quotes [Psalm 82:6](../psa/82/06.md) where God calls some humans **gods**. Jesus does this in order to show that God also used the word “god” to refer to people other than himself. In the verse that Jesus quotes, the first person **I** refers to God. If this might be misunderstood by your readers, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, said, ‘You are gods’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 10:34 h189 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I said that you are gods” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 10:35 nfly 0 Verses 35 and 36 are one sentence. In this sentence, Jesus argues by moving from a weaker reason to a stronger reason (an argument from the lesser to the greater). Based on the scripture he quoted in verse 34, Jesus argues that, since God calls humans **gods** in that verse, it is even more appropriate to call him God because he is the Son of God. You may need to change the order of the clauses in order for this idea to be clearer in your language. 10:35 ieot rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ἐκείνους εἶπεν θεοὺς 1 **If** indicates a conditional sentence that extends until the end of the next verse. Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what John is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since he called them gods” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 10:35 gtb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο 1 Here, Jesus used the term **word** to describe the message that God said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s message came” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 10:35 m8ji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο 1 Jesus speaks of **the word of God** as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke his word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 10:35 g0kv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one can break the Scripture” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 10:35 u9j2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή 1 This phrase could mean: (1) no one can prove that the Scriptures are false or contain errors. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be proven false” (2) the authority of Scripture cannot be ignored. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be ignored” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 10:36 dvp5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι? 1 Here Jesus uses the form of a question to rebuke his opponents for accusing him of blasphemy. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not say to the one the Father sanctified and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 10:36 fj9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι 1 If the direct quotations inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the two instances of second direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “do you say … that he is blaspheming because I said that I am the Son of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 10:36 wzhd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “to me whom the Father sanctified and sent into the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 10:36 rax1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 10:36 r7ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis βλασφημεῖς 1 Jesus is leaving a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. See how you translated “blasphemy” in [10:33](../10/33.md) and also see the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “You have committed the crime of blaspheming God” or “You are guilty of blaspheming God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 10:36 bkl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This phrase, **the Son of God**, is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 10:37 wyd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Here Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that God wants him to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:4](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “the works that my Father demands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 10:37 us7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 10:38 finz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ ποιῶ 1 Here, Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I am doing them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 10:38 k2zf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε 1 Here, **believe in** means to acknowledge that the **works** Jesus does are done with the authority of the Father and prove that he is God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “believe that the works I do are from God” or “believe that the works I do are done with God’s power”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 10:38 t8uf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί 1 Here Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between himself and God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my Father has a close relationship with me, and I have a close relationship with my Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 10:38 n8ue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the truth of what Jesus is saying. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “my Father and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 10:39 eqh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν 1 Here, John used the word **hand** to refer to the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he escaped from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 10:40 b41s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Here,** beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the **Jordan** River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. See how you translated this expression in [1:28](../01/28.md). Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 10:40 t8mj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See how you translated **John** in [1:26](../01/26.md). Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 10:40 wztl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦν Ἰωάννης τὸ πρῶτον βαπτίζων 1 Here, **first** refers to the beginning of John’s ministry. It does not mean that **John** was the **first** person to baptize people in that location. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing during the first days of his ministry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 10:40 f5dx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ 1 Jesus remained on the east side of **Jordan** for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stay**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “Jesus stayed there for several days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 10:41 yfin σημεῖον 1 See how you translated **sign** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle” 10:41 gd31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τούτου 1 Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 11:intro tks5 0 # John 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:1–16)\n2. Jesus’ seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:17–46)\n3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:47–57)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [11:38–44](../11/38.md).\n\n### Passover\n\nAfter Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling secretly from place to place. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover festival because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem. Thus they planned to catch him and kill him during Passover ([11:55–57](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### “One man dies for the people”\n\nIn the law of Moses, God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem. However, God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.\n\n### “The Jews”\n\nThis term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of John’s Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people who were living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:36–37](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.\n\n### Hypothetical situation\n\nWhen Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother did die. 11:1 fsf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 # General Information:\n\n[11:1–2](../11/01.md) provide background information about **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 11:1 s5im rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἦν δέ τις ἀσθενῶν Λάζαρος ἀπὸ Βηθανίας 1 This verse introduces **Lazarus** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “There was a man named Lazarus, who was from Bethany and was sick” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) 11:1 p19k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship Μάρθας τῆς ἀδελφῆς αὐτῆς 1 Because those who wrote scripture usually listed the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [11:5](../11/05.md) suggests that **Martha** was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for an older **sister** here. Alternate translation: “her older sister Martha” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) 11:2 c6r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς 1 Here, John refers to an event that would happen at a time following the events recorded in this chapter ([12:1–8](../12/01.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could translate this as a future event. Alternate translation: “Now it was Mary who would later anoint the Lord with myrrh and wipe his feet with her hair” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) 11:2 xlio rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship ὁ ἀδελφὸς Λάζαρος 1 Because those who wrote scripture usually listed the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [11:5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **brother** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **brother** here. Alternate translation: “younger brother Lazarus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) 11:3 ue08 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἀπέστειλαν & αἱ ἀδελφαὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγουσαι 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the sisters sent to him, and they said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 11:3 i2ar rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀπέστειλαν & πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 Here, John is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “sent messengers to him” or “sent a message to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 11:3 g1im rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative Κύριε, ἴδε, ὃν φιλεῖς ἀσθενεῖ 1 Here, the **sisters** are using a present statement to make a request indirectly. They tell Jesus that Lazarus is **sick**, because they want Jesus to come and heal him. If this use of a statement is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “Sir, behold, he whom you love is sick and needs your help” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) 11:3 czm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 Here, **behold** means to take notice of something or pay attention to something. It is used here to emphasize the urgency of the words that follow. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “take notice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 11:4 nk3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον 1 Here, **not to** indicates that what follows is not the result of the **sickness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This sickness will not result in death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 11:4 q343 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is stating the purpose for Lazarus’s **sickness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “but for the purpose of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 11:4 wln1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in order to glorify God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 11:4 y9vx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ αὐτῆς 1 Jesus is stating the second purpose for Lazarus’s **sickness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a second purpose clause. Alternate translation: “and for the purpose of glorifying the Son of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 11:4 asqb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 11:4 ad99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 11:5 j6r4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about Jesus’ relationship with **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 11:5 w6tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τὴν ἀδελφὴν 1 Because those who wrote scripture usually listed the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [11:5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and Lazarus was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **sister** here. Alternate translation: “younger sister” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) 11:6 vx3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** connects this verse to the previous verse in order to indicate that Jesus delayed going to Lazarus because he loved him and his sisters. Jesus’ delay is not in contrast to his love for them. Although Lazarus’s family would suffer for a short time, they would experience a great blessing when Jesus brought Lazarus back to life. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus loved them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 11:7 zq1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 11:8 p4x9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md) and the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 11:8 y4jm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ? 1 Here the disciples use the form of a question to emphasize that they do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you surely should not go back there again!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 11:9 uv34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆς ἡμέρας? 1 Jesus is using the form of a question for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There are surely 12 hours in the day.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 11:9 ln4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει 1 Here Jesus speaks about **someone** walking **in the daytime** in order to comfort his disciples who were worried about going to Judea. In this metaphor Jesus uses **the light of this world** to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../08/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md).This whole metaphor could mean: (1) if Jesus and his disciples did God’s work during the limited time God had given him to work with them (**the daytime**), they would not fail (**stumble**) because Jesus was with them. This interpretation has a similar meaning to Jesus’ statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “If you do God’s work during the time I am here, you will succeed, because you are with me, the light of this world.” (2) someone who acts according to God’s will (**walks in the daytime**) does not fail (**stumble**) because Jesus guides that person. Alternate translation: “If someone acts according to God’s will, he will succeed, because I, the light of this world, will guide him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 11:10 vm6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἐὰν δέ τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί, προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 In this verse Jesus expands the metaphor from the previous verse about a person walking outside. In this metaphor Jesus uses **the light** to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../08/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md). This whole metaphor could mean: (1) if his disciples tried to do God’s work after the limited time God had given him to be with them (the **night** which comes after “the daytime”), they would fail (**stumble**) because Jesus would not be with them. This interpretation has a similar meaning to Jesus’ statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “If you try to do this work after I have left, you will fail because I, the light, am not with you.” (2) someone who does not act according to God’s will (**walks at night**) is an unbeliever who fails completely (**stumble**) because that person does not know Jesus. Alternate translation: “If someone does not act according to God’s will, he will fail because he does not know me, the light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) 11:11 fan2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 11:11 bev5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται 1 Jesus uses **fallen asleep** to refer to being dead. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. Since Jesus explains the meaning in [11:14](../11/14.md), you do not need to explain it here. However, If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 11:11 ze1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν 1 Here, **wake him out of sleep** refers to Jesus’ plan to cause Lazarus to become alive again. If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. Since the disciples do not understand what Jesus is saying here, do not translate this plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 11:12 hn2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism εἰ κεκοίμηται 1 See how you translated **fallen asleep** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 11:13 h3kl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 In this verse John briefly stops telling the events in the story in order to give background information about Jesus’ conversation with his disciples. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 11:13 tt6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνοι 1 Here, **those ones** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 11:13 leg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 11:13 pf8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τῆς κοιμήσεως τοῦ ὕπνου 1 John is using **of** to describe **sleep** that is **slumber**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “sleep that is actually sleep” or “natural sleep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 11:14 azy3 τότε & εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ 1 Here, **plainly** means to say something clearly without using and metaphors or others figures of speech. Because the disciples did not understand the metaphor Jesus told them in [11:11](../11/11.md), he told them the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus then said to them in words that they could understand” 11:15 c4wj δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 Alternate translation: “for your benefit” or “for your good” 11:15 ar2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἵνα πιστεύσητε 1 Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. You may also need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “for I allowed this to happen so that you may believe in me” or “for I let Lazarus die so that you may believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 11:16 ymy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Δίδυμος 1 **Didymus** is the name of a man. It is a Greek word that means “twin” and is Thomas’ other name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 11:17 we1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς εὗρεν αὐτὸν, τέσσαρας ἤδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus found him; people had put his body in the tomb four days earlier” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 11:18 icrj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἦν δὲ ἡ Βηθανία ἐγγὺς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων, ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε 1 This verse gives background information about the place where this event took place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place in Bethany, which was near Jerusalem and was about 15 stadia away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 11:18 d35v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε 1 The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about two miles away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) 11:19 pxw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 This verse gives background information about the people who were present when this event took place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 11:19 ctr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to people living in Judea, particularly the Jewish friends of Lazarus’ family. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders or those Jews who opposed Jesus. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:19 m26v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 See how you translated **brother** in [11:2](../11/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) 11:20 k7dy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἤκουσεν ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἔρχεται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this statement as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “she heard that Jesus was coming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) 11:21 ef5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ἦς ὧδε, οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός μου 1 **Martha** is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but she knows that the condition is not true. **Jesus** had not been there and her **brother** had **died**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “if you had been here, but you were not, my brother would not have died, but he did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) 11:21 g9xt rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship ὁ ἀδελφός 1 See how you translated **brother** in [11:2](../11/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) 11:23 c1rc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 11:23 j8p2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 Here, **rise again** is an idiom that refers to a died person becoming **alive again**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your brother will become alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 11:23 hf5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship ὁ ἀδελφός 1 See how you translated **brother** in [11:2](../11/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) 11:24 f0qy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 11:24 z7el rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀναστήσεται 1 See how you translated **rise again** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 11:24 bco7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when God resurrects people” or “when God brings people back from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 11:24 lxqk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when God judges everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:25 ky99 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ ἀνάστασις 1 Here, **Jesus** calls himself **the resurrection** in order to say that he is the one who causes dead people to come back to life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who resurrects dead people” or “the one who brings dead people back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:25 o9qv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ ζωή 1 Here, **Jesus** calls himself **the life** in order to say that he is the one who gives people eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who makes people live forever” or “the one who causes people to live forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:25 chs2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κἂν ἀποθάνῃ 1 Here, **dies** refers to physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “even if his body dies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:25 ef7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ζήσεται 1 Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:26 a6gs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πᾶς ὁ ζῶν 1 Here, **living** refers to having eternal life, as “live” does in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who has eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:26 fue3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 Here, **die** refers to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind this use of **die** explicitly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [6:50](../06/50.md). Alternate translation: “may certainly not die spiritually into eternity” or “may certainly not experience spiritual death into eternity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:26 js8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “may certainly live into eternity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) 11:27 mk4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 11:27 y83q rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 11:27 au1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος 1 This phrase refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send **into the world** a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in [Deuteronomy 18:15](../deu/18/15.md). If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:28 yd61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τὴν ἀδελφὴν 1 See how you translated **sister** in [11:5](../11/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) 11:28 zs2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διδάσκαλος 1 Here, **Teacher** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Teacher, Jesus,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:30 k5hy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background οὔπω δὲ ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν κώμην 1 Here John provides a brief break in the story to give background information regarding the location of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “At that time Jesus had not yet come into the village” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 11:31 zpe9 οἱ & Ἰουδαῖοι 1 See how you translated **the Jews** in [11:19](../11/19.md). 11:31 q0iv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish οἱ ὄντες μετ’ αὐτῆς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ καὶ παραμυθούμενοι αὐτήν 1 This phrase is making a distinction between **the Jews** who were **comforting** **Mary** in her **house** and those who were not doing so. It is not giving us further information about **the Jews**. If this might confuse your readers, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “the Jews, that is, those Jews who were with her in the house and comforting her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) 11:32 zmp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας 1 Here, **fell down** means that Mary voluntarily threw herself down on the ground in front of Jesus to show the respect that she had for him. The phrase does not mean that **Mary** involuntarily **fell down**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “she prostrated herself at his feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:32 sn74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας, λέγουσα αὐτῷ 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “she fell down at his feet and said to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 11:32 j2wr Κύριε, εἰ ἦς ὧδε, οὐκ ἄν μου ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός 1 See how you translated this sentence in [11:21](../11/21.md). 11:33 ct82 τοὺς & Ἰουδαίους 1 See how you translated **the Jews** in [11:19](../11/19.md). 11:33 qef6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι καὶ ἐτάραξεν ἑαυτόν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John combines these phrases to express the intense emotional distress that Jesus was feeling. Alternate translation: “he was very upset” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 11:33 s5uz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐνεβριμήσατο 1 The word translated **deeply disturbed** could mean: (1) Jesus was experiencing very intense negative emotions, in which case the meaning would be similar to **troubled**. Alternate translation: “he was deeply moved” (2) Jesus was angry or indignant, which is what the word means in other books in the Bible. Alternate translation: “he was outraged” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:33 w7f8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι 1 Here, **spirit** refers to Jesus’ **spirit**. It does not refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was deeply disturbed within himself” or “he was deeply disturbed inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:34 xl9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν 1 Jesus is referring to putting Lazarus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant and accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “Where have you entombed him?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 11:35 bj6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 The word translated **wept** is different from the word used to describe the weeping of Mary and the Jews with her in [11:31–33](../11/31.md). The word here just means to shed tears. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus cried” or “Jesus shed tears” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:36 b6ee οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 See how you translated **the Jews** in [11:19](../11/19.md). 11:37 b3at rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὗτος, ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ, ποιῆσαι ἵνα καὶ οὗτος μὴ ἀποθάνῃ? 1 Some of the Jews use the form of a question to express their surprise that Jesus did not heal Lazarus. This could mean: (1) they believed that Jesus loved Lazarus, but doubted his ability to heal him. “He opened the eyes of the blind man, but he was not able to keep this man from dying.” (2) they thought that Jesus did not really love Lazarus because he healed the blind man but not him. Alternate translation: “He could open the eyes of the blind man. So if he really loved this man, he surely would have healed him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 11:37 a76u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “who caused the blind man to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 11:38 e72n ἐμβριμώμενος ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [11:33](../11/33.md). 11:38 xu7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἦν δὲ σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 John provides a brief break in the story to describe the tomb where the people had entombed Lazarus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The place Lazarus was entombed was a cave that had a stone laying against it.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 11:39 hevw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει & λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 11:39 l2pd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship ἡ ἀδελφὴ 1 **Martha** was Lazarus’ oldest **sister**. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for a older or oldest **sister** here. Alternate translation: “the oldest sister” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) 11:39 lt1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τεταρταῖος γάρ ἐστιν 1 This means that it has been **four days** since Lazarus **died**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for he has been dead for four days” or “for it has been four days since he died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:40 c082 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 11:40 q5mw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, ὄψῃ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 Jesus is using the form of a question to emphasize that God is about to do something wonderful. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I certainly said to you that, if you believe, you would see the glory of God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 11:40 mpl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς 1 Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “if you believe in me” or “if you believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 11:40 pbc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This could mean: (1) God receives the glory. Alternate translation: “the glorification of God” (2) glory that comes from God. Alternate translation: “the glory from God”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 11:40 lfrs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God glorified” or “how glorious God is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 11:41 lj5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Ἰησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω 1 Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:35](../04/35.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 11:41 j54b rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 11:42 gw6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns τὸν ὄχλον τὸν περιεστῶτα 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) 11:44 x4cb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone having bound his feet and hands with cloths, and someone having bound his face with a cloth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 11:44 h203 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο 1 Wrapping a dead body in strips of **cloth** was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “his feet and hands having been bound with burial cloths, and his face having been wrapped with a burial cloth” or “his feet, hands, and face having been wrapped in clothes for burial” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 11:44 n5yj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 11:45 rlf4 0 # General Information:\n\n[11:45–54] explain what happened after Jesus raised Lazarus from the dead. 11:45 ksi3 τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [11:19](../11/19.md). 11:47 yl3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Συνέδριον 1 The **Sanhedrin** is the name of the highest ruling council of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Sanhedrin, their ruling council” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:47 y70t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Συνέδριον 1 **Sanhedrin** is the name of a governing body. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 11:47 z5e9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί ποιοῦμεν 1 It is implied here that the council members are talking about Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What are we going to do about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:47 q01y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, the Jewish leaders say **this man** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:47 ha2e σημεῖα 1 See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles” 11:48 kq4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτὸν 1 The Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would try to make Jesus their king and rebel against the Roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone will believe in him, make him king, and revolt against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:48 hr3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι 1 The Jewish leaders use **the Romans** to refer to the Roman army. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Roman soldiers will come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 11:48 ah4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ἀροῦσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν τόπον 1 Here, **place** could mean: (1) the Jewish temple, as in the UST. (2) the city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “and will take away both our city, Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:48 zy0k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ ἔθνος 1 Here, **nation** refers to all of the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jewish nation” or “the people of our nation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:49 efq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants εἷς & τις ἐξ αὐτῶν, Καϊάφας 1 This phrase introduces **Caiaphas** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there was a man among them named Caiaphas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) 11:49 lj6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε οὐδέν 1 Here, **Caiaphas** uses an exaggeration in order to insult his hearers. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows contempt. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what is happening” or “You speak as though you know nothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 11:50 fvry rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται 1 Caiaphas implies that the Roman army would kill all of the people of the Jewish **nation** if Jesus is allowed to live and cause a rebellion. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the Romans would not kill all the people of our nation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:50 zh9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται 1 Here, **nation** refers to all of the Jewish people. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and all the people of our nation would not perish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 11:51-52 qww5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 # General Information:\n\nIn [11:51–52](../11/51.md) John interrupts the story to explain that Caiaphas was prophesying even though he did not realize it at the time. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 11:51 kw41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from himself** could mean: (1) Caiaphas was speaking something he had thought of himself. Alternate translation: “on his own initiative” (2) Caiaphas was speaking from his own authority, which is how the phrase is used in [5:19](../05/19.md). Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:51 mw4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἀλλὰ ἀρχιερεὺς ὢν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου 1 This clause indicates the reason why Caiaphas **prophesied** a true prophecy from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was high priest that year” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 11:51 eh17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους 1 See how you translated **nation** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 11:52 gee2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τοῦ ἔθνους 1 See how you translated **nation** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 11:52 mle1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here John uses the word **children** to express the relationship between God and those who trust Jesus for salvation. That relationship is like the relationship between **children** and their father. See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to chapter 1. Since this is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should keep it in your translation. However, you can use a simile if it might confuse your readers. Alternate translation: “those who are like God’s children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 11:52 tpe1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὰ διεσκορπισμένα συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could express the ideas of these two passive phrases in active forms or in another way that is natural in your language. You may need to change the sentence structure in order to do this. Alternate translation: “so that also Jesus would gather together into one the children of God whom God had scattered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 11:52 d85p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν 1 Here, John is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for the sentence to be complete. The word **people** is implied by the context. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “would be gathered into one people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 11:53 xyda rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 John is telling his readers what the Jewish leaders did as a result of what Caiaphas said in [11:49–50](../11/49.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 11:53 psay ἐβουλεύσαντο 1 The word translated **plotted** could mean: (1) the Jewish leaders made plans together for how to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “they schemed” (2) the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “they resolved” 11:54 bnd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Here, **the Jews** does not refer to the Jewish people in general. It could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “among the Jewish authorities” (2) the people living in Judea. Alternate translation: “among the Judeans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 11:54 s9km rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Here John uses **walked openly** to mean “walked around where everyone could see him.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “walked around where all the Jews could see him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 11:54 cg66 τὴν χώραν 1 Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an area of land. Alternate translation: “the area” or “the district” (2) the rural area outside cities where fewer people live. Alternate translation: “the countryside” or “the rural area” 11:54 h5jk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κἀκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν 1 Jesus and his disciples **stayed** in Ephraim for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stayed**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “There he stayed with the disciples for a time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 11:55 qd5y ἀνέβησαν & εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 The phrase **went up** is used here because Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than the surrounding areas. See how you translated **went up** in [7:10](../07/10.md). 11:55 rsgm τῆς χώρας 1 Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an area of land. Alternate translation: “the area” or “the district” (2) the rural area outside cities where fewer people live. Alternate translation: “the countryside” or “the rural area” 11:56-57 a5kt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events 0 # General Information:\n\nThe event in [11:57](../11/57.md) occurs before the event in this verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of [11:57](../11/57.md) before the text of this verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) 11:56 kc75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐζήτουν & τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Here, **they** refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem before the Passover celebration, as described in the previous verse. If this use of **they** might be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people who came to Jerusalem before the Passover celebration were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 11:56 y3xz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 The people were standing in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated **temple** in [8:14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 11:56 i7en rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν 1 This is an idiom used to ask for someone’s opinion. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “What is your opinion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 11:56 p2wz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν? 1 The people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think Jesus will **come** to the **Passover** festival. The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since the Jewish leaders wanted to kill him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He will certainly not come to the festival!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 11:56 x6im rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν? 1 The people are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Does it seem to you that he will come to the festival?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 11:57 glb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 This event occurs before that of the previous verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of this verse before the text of [11:56](../11/56.md). Another option would be to clearly state that this verse refers to an earlier event. Alternate translation: “Earlier, the chief priests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) 12:intro qzv4 0 # John 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Mary pours perfume on Jesus (12:1–11)\n2. Jesus enters Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n3. Some Greeks come to Jesus (12:20–26)\n4. Jesus predicts his death (12:27–36)\n5. John explains the Jews’ rejection of Jesus (12:37–43)\n6. Jesus says that he is God (12:44–50)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry sections in [12:38](../12/38.md) and [40](../12/40.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Mary poured perfume on Jesus’ feet\n\nThe Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. However, they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal, which was a common practice for kings. The kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. So by riding on a donkey Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel.\n\n### Glory\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In [12:16](../12/16.md) John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection and possibly his return to heaven as well.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nIn [12:35–36, 46](../12/35.md), Jesus uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good, and darkness represents what is false and evil. He applies that light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in [12:25](../12/25.md): “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in [12:26](../12/26.md) Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 12:1 s1v2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent οὖν & πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα 1 John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, six days before the Passover” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 12:1 z1jp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “had caused to live again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 12:2 m6al rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῶν ἀνακειμένων 1 At a relaxed meal such as this one, it was the custom in this culture for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around a table that was close to the ground. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. Alternate translation: “those sitting down at the table to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 12:3 c8kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight λίτραν μύρου 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. A **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. If your language does not measure liquids by weight, you may refer to its volume equivalent, which would be about half a liter. You might also refer to the container that could hold that amount. Alternate translation: “about half a liter of perfume” or “a one-half liter bottle of perfume” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) 12:3 ki9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μύρου 1 Here, **perfumed oil** refers to a liquid made from the oils of pleasant-smelling plants and flowers. This **oil** was put on a person’s skin or hair in order for that person to smell pleasant. If your readers would not be familiar with this **oil**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of scented liquid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 12:3 qblr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession μύρου νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτίμου 1 John is using **of** to describe **perfumed oil** that is made from **very precious pure nard**. If this use of the possessive **of** would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of perfumed oil made from very precious pure nard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 12:3 b3sa rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτίμου 1 The **perfumed oil** was made from the **oil** of a **nard** plant, which is sometimes called “spikenard.” The **oil** is extracted from the roots of this plant. If your readers would not be familiar with **nard** plants, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of very precious scented plants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 12:3 pq7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now the fragrance of the perfumed oil filled the house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 12:4 qbja rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 12:5 e8d7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς? 1 Judas is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he thought the **perfumed oil** should not be poured on Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation, and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This perfume could have been sold for 300 denarii and given to the poor!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:5 dx9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τριακοσίων δηναρίων 1 The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius.” It was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “for 300 days’ wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) 12:5 tted rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 Judas is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) 12:6 ri5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 In this verse John interrupts the story to explain why Judas made the statement in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 12:6 sl8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure εἶπεν & τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “he said this because he was a thief, not because it was a concern to him about the poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 12:6 mgm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν πτωχῶν 1 See how you translated **the poor** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) 12:6 qoun rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but he said this because he was a thief” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 12:6 ol4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὰ βαλλόμενα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what people gave him to put in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 12:7 z6s7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό 1 This could mean: (1) Jesus is stating the purpose for which Mary did not sell the perfume. In this case he would be leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. This translation would require supplying those words from Judas’ objection in [12:5](../12/05.md) and making a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Leave her alone. She did not sell this perfumed oil so that she might keep it for the day of my burial” (2) Jesus is giving the purpose for his command in the previous clause. In this case he would be implying that there was some leftover perfumed oil which Mary could later put on his dead body. Alternate translation: “Leave her alone so that she might keep it for the day of my burial” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 12:7 dcn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό 1 If Jesus is stating the reason why Mary had the perfume, then Jesus is implying that Mary’s actions can be understood as anticipating his death and **burial**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. You may need to add a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Leave her alone. She did not sell this perfumed oil so that she might keep it to prepare my body for burial, as she had just done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:8 wo1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς πτωχοὺς γὰρ πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε 1 Jesus’ statement in this verse implies that Mary acted properly by pouring the expensive perfume on him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “She acted appropriately, because you always have the poor with you, but you do not always have me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:8 r82p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς πτωχοὺς & πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν 1 Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help **the poor**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you always have the poor with you that you can help” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:8 b6lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 See how you translated **the poor** in the [12:6](../12/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) 12:8 qctd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν & ἔχετε 1 In this verse every occurrence of **you** is plural and refers to the disciples and those who were with Jesus at the dinner. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 12:8 kn28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε 1 Jesus implies that he will not always be with them, because he will die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I will not always be here with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:9 qm36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background οὖν 1 **Then** is used here to mark a break in the main storyline. This break continues until the end of [12:11](../12/11.md). In this verse John gives background information about a new group of people that has come to Bethany. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 12:9 i6mn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) 12:9 ycv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to people from Judea. See the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the Judeans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 12:9 ilgp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἐστιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 12:9 yokk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [12:1](../12/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 12:10 nt9p ἐβουλεύσαντο 1 See how you translated **plotted** in [11:53](../11/53.md). 12:10 b9ri rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ἀποκτείνωσιν 1 Here, **also** implies that **the chief priests** want to kill **Lazarus** in addition to Jesus, whom they have already plotted to kill in [11:53](../11/53.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they might put Lazarus to death in addition to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:11 kjk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δι’ αὐτὸν 1 This phrase implies that the fact that Lazarus was alive after he had been dead caused many **Jews** to believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Lazarus was alive after having died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:11 n6gl τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [12:9](../12/09.md). 12:11 ex1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὑπῆγον 1 Here, John uses **went away** to refer to the fact that **many of the Jews** stopped believing the teachings of the Jewish religious authorities and starting trusting Jesus instead. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “stopped listening to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:12 f1im 0 # General Information:\n\nJesus enters Jerusalem and the people honor him as a king of Israel. 12:12 w1c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τῇ ἐπαύριον 1 John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “On the day after that happened,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 12:12 sy8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) 12:12 t3jl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν ἑορτήν 1 Here, **festival** refers to the Jewish Passover festival. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:13 nu7x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ βαΐα τῶν φοινίκων 1 In that culture a **palm tree** branch was a symbol that represented the nation of Israel. Here, the people were waving these **branches** to express their belief that Jesus was the Messiah who would free Israel from Roman rule. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this use of **the branches of the palm trees** by stating the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the branches of the palm trees, which represented their hope to be freed from Roman rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:13 cw5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐκραύγαζον 1 This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book of Psalms ([Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md)) which occurs next in the verse. The Jews recite Psalm 118 at the Passover festival to express their hope that the Messiah would come. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 12:13 hf0a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks ὡσαννά! εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου, καὶ ὁ Βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) 12:13 lzn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὡσαννά 1 **Hosanna** is the Greek pronunciation of an expression in the Hebrew language that means “Please save!” It is a quotation from part of [Psalm 118:25](../psa/118/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Save us now!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:13 w7ty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 Here, **name** refers to a person’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s authority” or “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 12:14 dbc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 In [12:14–16](../12/14.md) John interrupts the story to give background information about how Jesus fulfilled an Old Testament prophecy about the Messiah riding on a **donkey**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 12:14 b9ry rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὑρὼν & ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό 1 John implies that Jesus will ride the **donkey** into Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having found a young donkey, sat on it, riding it into the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:14 lqyy rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον 1 This phrase introduces a combination of parts of various quotations from the Old Testament which occur in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote in the Old Testament” or “as it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 12:14 h6xz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as prophets wrote in the Scripture” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 12:15 ts1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks 0 This verse is a combination of parts of various quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) 12:15 vra1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy θυγάτηρ Σιών 1 Here, **daughter of Zion** is used to refer to the people who lived in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 12:15 c36a πῶλον ὄνου 1 A **colt** is a young male **donkey**. 12:16 rq52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα -1 In this verse, **these things** refers to the words of the Old Testament prophecies that were quoted in the previous verse, which were fulfilled in the events described in [12:13–14](../12/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these words from the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:16 xdm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “when God glorified Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 12:16 u9hf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐδοξάσθη 1 Here, **glorified** could refer to: (1) when Jesus became alive again after he was killed. Alternate translation: “when Jesus came back to life” (2) when Jesus returned to heaven. Alternate translation: “when Jesus went back to heaven” (3) both Jesus’ resurrection and return to heaven. Alternate translation: “when Jesus came back to life and went back to heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:16 w0hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ταῦτα ἦν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ γεγραμμένα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the prophets have written these things about him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 12:17 nr1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) 12:17 wyrv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐμαρτύρει & ὁ ὄχλος ὁ ὢν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the crowd** refers to the group of Jews who had seen Jesus raise Lazarus from the dead at Bethany in Chapter 11. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one crowd testified that they had been with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:17 cq7a ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [12:1](../12/01.md). 12:18 h0l2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ὄχλος 1 Here, **the crowd** refers to a group of people who were coming out of Jerusalem to see Jesus as he came. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a second crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:18 czmv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦτο & τὸ σημεῖον 2 This phrase refers to Jesus raising Lazarus from the dead, an event that was mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this sign, bringing a dead man back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:18 v2nx τὸ σημεῖον 1 See how you translated **sign** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle” 12:19 c43j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν 1 The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “It seems like we can do nothing to stop him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:19 i5uq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν 1 The Pharisees use **the world** as an exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to follow Jesus. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows shock. Alternate translation: “Behold, it seems like everyone has gone after him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 12:19 ev6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 12:19 oraj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν 1 Here, **gone after** means to follow Jesus and become his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has become his disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:20 k8v2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants δὲ Ἕλληνές τινες 1 This phrase marks the introduction of **certain Greeks** as new characters in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) 12:20 ehkd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἕλληνές 1 Here, the term **Greeks** refers to non-Jewish people who lived in the Roman Empire. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece or to people who speak the Greek language. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/greek]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Gentiles” or “non-Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:20 ks5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν ἀναβαινόντων 1 The phrase **going up** is used specifically for the act of going to Jerusalem, which is a city at a higher elevation than the area around it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those going up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:20 i6nd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἵνα προσκυνήσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 John is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order a clause to be complete. If you language requires an object for the verb **worship**, you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: “to worship God at the festival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 12:20 rbrb τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 This refers to the Jewish Passover **festival**. See how you translated this word in [12:12](../12/12.md). 12:21 lr8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Βηθσαϊδὰ 1 See how you translated **Bethsaida** in [1:44](../01/44.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 12:21 rfff rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἠρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “asked him by saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 12:21 c8qt κύριε 1 Speaking to **Philip**, the Greeks called him **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]]) 12:21 xgoj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative θέλομεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἰδεῖν 1 The Greeks are using a statement to make a request. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a request. Alternate translation: “may we see Jesus?” or “could you take us to see Jesus?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) 12:22 e9vn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λέγει τῷ Ἀνδρέᾳ 1 **Philip** tells **Andrew** about the Greeks’ request to see **Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “relates to Andrew what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:22 vzih rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται & καὶ λέγει & ἔρχεται & καὶ λέγουσιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 12:22 b9re rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λέγουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 **Philip** and **Andrew** tell **Jesus** about the Greeks’ request to see him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “speak to Jesus about what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:23 dkmf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἀποκρίνεται αὐτοῖς λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “answered them by saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 12:23 jl9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 See the discussion of this in the General Notes to Chapter 4 and see how you translated this phrase in [4:21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 12:23 zj5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, Jesus refers to his upcoming death, resurrection, and return to heaven as the time when he would be **glorified**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that the Son of Man might be glorified through his death, resurrection, and ascension” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:23 pfmt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 12:23 ekcc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:23 j0dp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “so that God might glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 12:24 m255 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 12:24 gq2y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει 1 Here Jesus uses **a grain of wheat** to refer to himself. He speaks of the death of that **grain** to refer to his death, burial, and resurrection. He also uses **fruit** to refer to those people who will trust in him for salvation after his resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows into a plant that will bear **much fruit**, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am like a grain of wheat. Unless that grain of wheat, having fallen into the earth, dies, it remains by itself; but if it would die, it bears much fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:25 sk6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν 1 Here, **the one loving his life** refers to someone who thinks that his own physical life is more important than anything else. If this clause would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Whoever values his own life more than anything else will still die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 12:25 mp7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν 1 Here, **the one hating his life** refers to someone who values his own physical life less than he values being a disciple of Jesus. The word “hating” here does not refer to having negative feelings about one’s life or despising oneself. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whoever values being my disciple more than he values his own life will keep it for eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 12:25 r4h6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 The phrase **eternal life** states the result of what precedes it. The **one hating his life** will **keep** that life, which will result in **eternal life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and also gain eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 12:26 ytxu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐμοὶ ἀκολουθείτω 1 In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “let him follow me as my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 12:26 i8ky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται 1 Here, Jesus implies that those who serve him will be with him in heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:26 wx3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 12:27 ytv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί εἴπω, Πάτερ, σῶσόν με ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης? 1 Here Jesus uses a rhetorical question to emphasize what he will not do. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and let himself be killed. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will not say, ‘Father, save me from this hour!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:27 bx1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 12:27 hmv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς ὥρας ταύτης & τὴν ὥραν ταύτην 1 In this verse **this hour** refers to the time when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross. See how you translated **hour** in [12:23](../12/23.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 12:27 ktpa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this reason** refers to Jesus’ suffering and death on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to suffer and die,” or (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:28 t69i rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 12:28 v2fk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα & καὶ ἐδόξασα & δοξάσω 1 In this verse, **name** and **it** refer to God himself. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “glorify yourself … I have both glorified myself … I will glorify myself”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 12:28 r6qk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἦλθεν & φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 Here John refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that **came from heaven**. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:29 dnsk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ὁ & ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) 12:30 kd86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐ & ἡ φωνὴ αὕτη γέγονεν 1 Here, Jesus refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that came down from heaven (see [12:28](../12/28.md)). If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God did not speak this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 12:31 hlcg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Now God will judge this world”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 12:31 fc6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 Here, **this world** is used to refer to all the people in the **world**. See how you translated **world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 12:31 pv51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω 1 Here, **ruler of this world** refers to Satan. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now Satan will be thrown out”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:31 o63p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “Now God will throw out the ruler of this world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 12:32 a7tc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people lift me up from the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 12:32 ms6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς 1 Here, **lifted up from the earth** could refer to: (1) Jesus’ crucifixion only, in which case **earth** would refer to the ground. Alternate translation: “if I am lifted up from the ground on a cross” (2) Jesus’ crucifixion and return to heaven, in which case **earth** refers to both the ground and the planet. See the discussion about double meaning in the Part 3 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “if I am lifted up from the earth on a cross and then up to heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:32 n7i6 πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν 1 See how you translated “draws” in [6:44](../06/44.md). Alternate translation: “will pull everyone to myself” 12:32 f45r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν 1 Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to refer to all people groups, both Jews and non-Jews. The context of non-Jewish people coming to see Jesus in [12:20](../12/20.md) suggests this meaning. This clause does not mean that every individual person will believe in Jesus. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will draw people from both Jews and non-Jews” or “will draw people, all people, Jews and non-Jews alike” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 12:33 b1zu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 # General Information:\n\nIn this verse John explains the meaning of what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 12:34 swpp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) 12:34 su0r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τοῦ νόμου 1 The crowd is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the law, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated this use of **the law** in [10:34](../10/34.md). Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 12:34 mx1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, the phrase **lifted up** means “crucified.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for the Son of Man to be crucified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:34 jzfm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:34 t386 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 This could mean: (1) they are asking to know the identity of **the Son of Man**. Alternate translation: “What is the identity of this Son of Man?” (2) they are asking to know what Jesus means when he says, ‘Son of Man.’ Alternate translation: “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:35 l2w4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν & ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε 1 Jesus uses **light** to refer to refer to himself. He is “the Light of the World” who reveals God’s truth and goodness the way a **light** reveals a person’s surroundings. See how you translated **light** in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “The one who reveals God’s truth and goodness will be with you … while you have him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:35 k6td rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν & ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these phrases in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the light, will be with you … while you have me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 12:35 ughp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor περιπατεῖτε 1 Jesus uses **Walk** to refer to how a person lives and behaves. He is telling the crowd to live and act according to the example that he has shown them while he has been with them. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behave righteously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:35 e715 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ 1 Jesus uses **darkness** as though it were a person who could **overtake** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “so that you do not act sinfully, as if the darkness of sin had taken control of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 12:35 veok rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκοτία 1 Here Jesus uses **darkness** to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated this term in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:35 h0q9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 Jesus uses this phrase to refer to a person who lives a sinful life and behaves sinfully. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who lives sinfully” or “the one who does not behave righteously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:36 j1rs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς & εἰς τὸ φῶς 1 Both occurrences of **the light** here refer to Jesus. See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:36 xu4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom υἱοὶ φωτὸς 1 Here, **sons of light** is an idiom that refers to people who live according to God’s truth and goodness, which Jesus has revealed to them. Here, **sons** does not refer specifically to male children and **light** does not refer to Jesus. If this expression would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “people who share in God’s truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 12:37-43 s1wh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 # General Information:\n\nIn [12:37–43](../12/37.md) John interrupts the main storyline in order to explain how the Jewish people had fulfilled prophecies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information for these verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 12:37 g1z3 σημεῖα 1 See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles” 12:38 k15e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the word of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 12:38 n4m7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 Here, **word** refers to the specific prophecy written down by Isaiah that is quoted in the second half of this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this prophecy of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 12:38 y9ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ὃν εἶπεν 1 This phrase introduces a quotation that occurs in the rest of this verse. The quotation is from the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “which Isaiah said in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 12:38 aa5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη? 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) 12:38 gx5x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη? 1 This quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md) contains two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his **report**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as two statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, no one has believed our message! It seems like the arm of the Lord has been revealed to no one!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 12:38 tcb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to whom has the Lord revealed his arm” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 12:38 dh6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου 1 Here, John quotes **Isaiah** using **arm** to refer to the Lord’s power. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:39 f28y τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to the reason for the Jews’ unbelief. That reason is given in the quotation from **Isaiah** provided in the next verse. It does not refer back to the quotation from **Isaiah** in the previous verse. 12:39 cskd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ὅτι πάλιν εἶπεν Ἠσαΐας 1 This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by **Isaiah** the prophet ([Isaiah 6:10](../../isa/06/10.md)) which occurs in the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for Isaiah had again said in the Old Testament” or “for according to Isaiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 12:40 q8k8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς καὶ νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ, καὶ στραφῶσιν καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 6:10](../../isa/06/10.md). It is a prophecy that God told Isaiah to speak against the Jewish people because they kept rejecting God. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) 12:40 opz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 Here John quotes Isaiah using **blinded their eyes** to refer to causing people to not be able to understanding what they see. Although the Jews saw Jesus’ many miracles, most of them did not understand that those miracles proved that Jesus was sent by God. If this use of **blinded** and **eyes** would confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “He has caused them to not be able to understand” or “He has made them like those who are blind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:40 wac6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν 1 John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **hardened their heart** to refer to causing the Jewish people to become stubborn. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:40 zs9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν & τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 Both occurrences of the singular noun **heart** in this verse refer to all of the hearts of the people as a group. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “their hearts … with their hearts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) 12:40 v6ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς 1 John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **see with their eyes** here to refer to people understanding something that they **see**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might not see and perceive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:40 btbb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **understand with their heart** to refer to the Jewish people truly understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might fully understand” or “might understand deep within themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:40 h99a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ στραφῶσιν 1 John quotes Isaiah using **turn** to mean “repent,” which means to stop sinning and start obeying the Lord. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they would repent” or “and they would stop sinning and obey God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:40 be3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 John quotes Isaiah using **heal** to refer to forgiving people of their sins. It does not refer to physical healing. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I would forgive them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:41 q2x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how glorious he is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 12:42 srml rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν ἀρχόντων 1 Here, **rulers** refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin, which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) See how you translated **rulers** in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “the members of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:42 hdh1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the Pharisees would not ban them from the synagogue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 12:42 jl6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται 1 John uses **put out of the synagogue** to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attended services at the synagogue. When people were put out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “they would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:43 fx72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠγάπησαν & τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **loved** refers to preferring one thing over something else. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they preferred the glory of men more than the glory of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:43 cqqw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 John is using **of** to describe **glory** that is given by **men**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the glory that is given by men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 12:43 pib1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both **men** and women. Alternate translation: “the glory of people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 12:43 oyf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 John is using **of** to describe **glory** that is given by **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the glory that is given by God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 12:44 t7cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here introduces a new event that happened at some time after the events in [12:20–36](../12/20.md). The story does not say how long after the previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “At another time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 12:44 d27w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰησοῦς & ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν 1 John uses **cried out** to imply that Jesus was speaking loudly to a crowd of people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus cried out and said to a crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:44 kcnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 Here, **the one having sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:45 s6xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 Here, **the one having sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:46 wib3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐγὼ φῶς εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐλήλυθα 1 Here Jesus uses **light** to refer to himself. See how you translated **light** in [8:12](../08/12). Alternate translation: “I have come as the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:46 nggy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 12:46 i31g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ 1 Here Jesus uses **darkness** to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated **darkness** in [12:35](../12/35.md) and also see the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes for Chapter 1. Alternate translation: “might not remain in sin and evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 12:47 vehn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy μου & τῶν ῥημάτων 1 Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 12:47 xlyd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ 1 Here, **keep** means to obey. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “but does not obey them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:47 xvq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν & ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον 1 In this verse, the word **judge** implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people to be eternally punished in hell. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not condemn him … so that I might condemn the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:47 u4o4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον -1 See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 12:48 wtwv τὰ ῥήματά μου 1 See how you translated **my words** in the previous verse. 12:48 uxjk τὸν κρίνοντα & κρινεῖ 1 See how you translated this **judge** in the previous verse. 12:48 c76d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification τὸν κρίνοντα αὐτόν & ὁ λόγος ὃν ἐλάλησα, ἐκεῖνος κρινεῖ αὐτὸν 1 Jesus refers to his **word** as though it were a person who could judge someone. He means that his teachings will be used as the criterion by which God will judge those who have rejected Jesus. If this might be confusing to your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one by which he will be judged. The word which I have spoken, this will be the standard by which you will be judged” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) 12:48 b1ds rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:39](../06/39.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:49 ovmm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of what Jesus spoke. See how you translated this phrase in [7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “by my own authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:49 ybm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ & Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 12:49 l77y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τί εἴπω, καὶ τί λαλήσω 1 Here, **what I should speak** could refer to: (1) the manner in which Jesus **should speak**. Alternate translation: “what I should say and the manner in which I should say it” (2) the same meaning as **what I should say**, in which case the two phrases would be a doublet used for emphasis and could be combined into one clause. Alternate translation: “exactly what I should say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 12:50 tar2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἶδα, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his command** refers to the teachings that God commanded Jesus to speak, as mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know that what he commanded me to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 12:50 q9cr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν 1 This phrase means that what God commanded Jesus to say gives **eternal life** to those who believe it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his command gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 13:intro zk68 0 # John 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. The Passover meal begins: Jesus washes his disciples’ feet (13:1–20)\n2. Jesus predicts that Judas will betray him (13:21–30)\n3. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (13:31–35)\n4. Jesus predicts that Peter will deny him (13:36–38)\n\nThe events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the “Last Supper.” In many ways this Passover meal parallels the sacrifice of Jesus as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lordssupper]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The washing of feet\n\nPeople in the Ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people’s feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet, because they considered him to be their master and themselves to be his servants, and it was a servant’s job to wash the feet of master and guests. However, Jesus wanted to show them that his disciples need to humbly serve and love each other. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n### I AM\n\nJohn records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase one time in this chapter ([13:19](../13/19.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”\n\nThe Apostle John first referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in this chapter ([13:23](../13/23.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to add a first person pronoun to these references and the other references to John in ([13:23–25](../13/23.md)). If your language can retain the third person references, then you may still want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([13:31](../13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 13:1-4 wk2k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 # General Information:\n\nIt is not yet **Passover**, and **Jesus** is with his disciples for the evening meal. [13:1–4](../13/01.md) explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 13:1 z4q9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα 1 Here, the word **hour** is used to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this word in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 13:1 w7w3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 13:1 a1w4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς ἰδίους τοὺς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 This phrase refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his own disciples who were with him in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 13:1 g86x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς τέλος ἠγάπησεν αὐτούς 1 Here, **to the end** could mean: (1) **to the end** of Jesus’ life. If you use this meaning, make sure that you do not translate this phrase in a way that could imply that Jesus did not continue to love them after his death. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the time of his death” (2) utterly or completely. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the uttermost” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 13:2 xn6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης 1 Here, **put into the heart** is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 13:2 iq56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:71](../06/71.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 13:3 qtr3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result εἰδὼς 1 Here, the word **knowing** could mean: (1) the rest of this verse is the reason why Jesus did the result that John describes in the next verse. Alternate translation: “because he knew” (2) this verse provides a contrast between who Jesus is and what he would do in the next verse. Alternate translation: “although he knew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 13:3 fd2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 13:3 x8hc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς χεῖρας 1 Here, John uses **hands** to refer to power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into his power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 13:4 t7cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἐγείρεται & τίθησιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 13:4 nm8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου 1 During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to the table. Here, **gets up** means that Jesus went from lying on his side on a couch next to the table where he was eating **supper** to standing up. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he gets up from the table where he was eating supper” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 13:4 a9yt τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια 1 Here, **outer clothing** refers to clothing that is worn over undergarments. It does not refer to a coat that would be worn over a person’s regular clothing. Use the term in your language for the regular clothing that people wear on top of their underwear. 13:4 gfe4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λαβὼν λέντιον 1 Here, **towel** refers to piece of cloth that is long enough to wrap around Jesus’ waist and still has enough leftover cloth to wipe the disciples’ feet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having taken a long towel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 13:5 qfqd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture βάλλει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 13:5 adm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ᾧ ἦν διεζωσμένος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that he had tied around himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 13:6 hevx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται & λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 13:6 bz27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας? 1 **Peter** is using a rhetorical question here to show that he does not want Jesus to wash his feet. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, it is not right for you to wash my feet!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 13:7 o7nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ crucifixion and resurrection. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after the events that are about to take place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 13:8 oy8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 13:8 f6dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 **Jesus** uses two negative statements to convince **Peter** to allow him to **wash** his **feet**. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I must wash you so that you can have a share with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 13:8 m90p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Here, Jesus’ use of **no share with me** could imply: (1) that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to receive his **share** of the inheritance that God promised to give his people. Alternate translation: “If I do not wash you, you will not share in God’s promised inheritance with me” (2) that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to continue being his disciple. Alternate translation: “If I do not wash you, you will no longer be my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 13:9 bjgq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 13:9 irnh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μὴ τοὺς πόδας μου μόνον, 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “wash not only my feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 13:10 dp8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 13:10 is57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι 1 In this verse, Jesus uses **washed** to refer to God forgiving a person for their sins. He also uses **feet** to refer to daily sins, because people in Jesus’ culture had to wash their **feet** frequently due to wearing sandals while walking on dusty, dirty roads. If this might confuse your readers, you could state their meanings clearly or use similes. Alternate translation: “The one who has received God’s forgiveness for their sins, only needs to be forgiven for his daily sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 13:10 bbon rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ λελουμένος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one who someone has washed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 13:10 o25q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀλλ’ ἔστιν καθαρὸς ὅλος; καὶ ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε 1 In this verse, Jesus uses **clean** to refer to someone who has been forgiven for their sins. If this might be confusing in your language, you could state its meaning clearly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “but he has been completely forgiven for his sins, and you have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 13:10 tv57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς 1 Here Jesus uses the word **you** to refer to all of his disciples, not only Peter. Use a plural form of **you** if your language distinguishes between singular and plural **you**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) 13:11 tzj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 Here John interrupts the story to give the reason why Jesus made his comment in the end of the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 13:11 ccz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐχὶ πάντες καθαροί ἐστε 1 See how you translated **clean** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Not all of you have received God’s forgiveness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 13:12 p45l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν? 1 Jesus is using a question to emphasize the importance of what he is teaching his disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You need to understand what I have done for you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 13:13 m9z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκαλος καὶ, ὁ Κύριος 1 Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You show me great respect when you call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 13:14 xlgr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ οὖν ἐγὼ ἔνιψα ὑμῶν τοὺς πόδας, ὁ Κύριος καὶ ὁ Διδάσκαλος 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If I then, the Lord and the Teacher, have washed your feet, and I have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 13:15 pk3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε 1 Jesus is using a statement to give an instruction. Jesus is telling his disciples to follow his example and serve one another. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “you also must do just as I did to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) 13:16 h6gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 13:16 tpl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν 1 Here, **greater** means to be more important or deserving of more respect than another person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a slave is not respected more than his master, nor is a messenger respected more than the one who sent him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 13:16 rj4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus’ disciples are not more important than him, so they should humbly serve each other. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “none of you are greater than me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 13:16 k3zj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus uses the words **slave** and **master** to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 13:16 la0x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν 1 Jesus uses **messenger** and **the one who sent him** to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “and you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 13:17 nwhg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you know these things, which you do,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 13:17 nxou rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μακάριοί ἐστε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. See the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 13:18 ji7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω 1 Here Jesus is referring back to what he just said in the previous verse. He means that not all of those to whom he is speaking will be blessed for serving each other, because one of them, Judas Iscariot, will betray him. If this clause would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not speaking this about all of you” or “I am not saying that God will bless all of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 13:18 ztpw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ οἶδα τίνας ἐξελεξάμην 1 Here Jesus states that he knew the character of every person he chose to be his disciple. Therefore, he knew Judas would betray him when he chose him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know exactly the kind of men I have chosen to be my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 13:18 lpug rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I chose one who will betray me so that the scripture might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 13:18 u5fl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 13:18 dk5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 Here Jesus uses **that the scripture might be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 41:9](../../psa/41/09.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 13:18 tx1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 41:9](../../psa/41/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) 13:18 v5pv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ 1 The phrase, **The one eating bread with me**, here is an idiom that refers to someone who acts like a friend would act. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one who has acted like he is my friend” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 13:18 wr0c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **lifted up his heel** is an idiom that refers to someone who has become an enemy. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “has turned against me” or “has become my enemy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 13:19 qd39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀπ’ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 13:19 gg19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 See how you translated **I am** in [8:24](../08/24.md), and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for Chapter 8. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 13:20 di3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 13:20 zcyh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ὁ λαμβάνων & λαμβάνει & λαμβάνων & λαμβάνει 1 In this verse, **receiving** and **receives** mean to accept or welcome a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated this word in [1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 13:20 ksfj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 Here, **the one having sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 13:21 bq84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐταράχθη τῷ πνεύματι 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [11:33](../11/33.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 13:21 j7x1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 13:23 xvi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ & ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the discussion in the General Notes for this chapter. If this phrase would be confusing to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, one of his disciples, whom Jesus loved” or “John, one of his disciples, whom Jesus loved” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 13:23 z8ze rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀνακείμενος 1 During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to a table. If your readers would not be familiar with this meal practice, you could use a general expression for sitting to have a meal. Alternate translation: “seated at the table” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 13:23 p2ee rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 In Jesus’ culture, lying with one’s head **against** the side of another person when having a meal was considered to be a sign that the two people had a very close friendship. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “closely beside Jesus as a close friend” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 13:24 eido rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τούτῳ 1 Here, **this one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 13:25 iqcj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος & λέγει 1 Here, **that one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in [13:23](../13/23.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that disciple whom Jesus loved says” or “I say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 13:25 kqza rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λέγει 1 [13:28](../13/28.md) indicates that the disciples did not know why Jesus spoke to Judas in the way he did. This means that they must not have heard the conversation in this verse and the next, because John and Jesus were speaking quietly. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “said in a quite voice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 13:25 b22k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 13:26 qpj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰούδᾳ Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτη 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:71](../06/71.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 13:27 r8lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And after Judas took the bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 13:27 xk39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τότε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατανᾶς 1 Here, **entered into** is an idiom that means that **Satan** took control of Judas. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Satan then started to command Judas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 13:27 agd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 13:28 r37z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 In [13:28–29](../13/28.md) John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide background information about the disciples’ confusion. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 13:28 fl66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν ἀνακειμένων 1 See how you translated **reclining to eat** in [13:23](../13/23.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 13:29 yagv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 13:29 p66v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἑορτήν 1 Here, **festival** refers to the Jewish Passover festival. See how you translated this word in [12:12](../12/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 13:29 rv4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations τοῖς πτωχοῖς ἵνα τι δῷ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Give something to the poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) 13:30 dw7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἦν δὲ νύξ 1 In this sentence John provides background information about the time of day when Judas **went out** to betray Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 13:31 wi4o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 13:31 apde rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ 1 In this verse, Jesus twice uses the past tense **has been glorified** in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “Now the Son of Man will be glorified, and God will be glorified in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 13:31 d6l8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “Now God will glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 13:31 gd4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, have been glorified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 13:31 o91a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 13:31 n421 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will glorify God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 13:32 i7yz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants 0 In some Bibles, this verse begins with the clause, “If God has been glorified in him”. However, these words are not in most of the oldest ancient manuscripts. Nevertheless, if a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) 13:32 bfxt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὸν & αὐτόν 1 Both occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to the Son of Man, Jesus. If this use of **him** would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man … the Son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 13:32 uaj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 The word **himself** here refers to God and is used to emphasize that God is the one who would **glorify** Jesus. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “God himself will glorify him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) 13:33 zki6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 Jesus is using the phrase **Little children** to describe the disciples to whom he is speaking. He loves them as if they were his own children. If this might confuse your readers, you could translate this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “You dear disciples who are like children to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 13:33 lp65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 13:33 zrqu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure καὶ καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, ὅτι ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν, καὶ ὑμῖν λέγω ἄρτι 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “and just as I said to the Jews, now I also say this to you, ‘Where I go, you are not able to come.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 13:33 sjwl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 See how you translated this sentence in [8:21](../08/21.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 13:34 nmf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative καθὼς ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς, ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους 1 Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “just as I have loved you, so also you must love one another” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) 13:35 kyd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντες 1 Here, Jesus uses **everyone** as an exaggeration that refers only to those people who would see how the disciples loved each other. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 13:36 s0gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 13:37 xpt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 13:37 ye6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχήν μου & θήσω 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 13:38 qp88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τὴν ψυχήν σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις? 1 **Jesus** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. He knows that Peter is not really willing to **lay down** his life for Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You will certainly not lay down your life for me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 13:38 juha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 13:38 sp7p οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ ἀρνήσῃ με τρίς 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this negative statement as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “you will surely deny me three times before the rooster crows” 13:38 ef9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ 1 Jesus is referring to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 13:38 ui2h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀλέκτωρ 1 A **rooster** is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the bird that sings in the morning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 13:38 kfze rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ἀλέκτωρ 1 Jesus is not speaking of one particular **rooster** but of roosters in general. Alternate translation: “the roosters” or “the birds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 14:intro kv6m 0 # John 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus says he is the way to the Father (14:1–14)\n2. Jesus promises that the Holy Spirit will come (14:15–31)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “My Father’s house”\n\nJesus used these words to refer to heaven, where God dwells. It does not refer to any temple in Jerusalem or to a church building. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. He called the Holy Spirit the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)), who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. Jesus also called him the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)), who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]]) 14:1 a2xv Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe part of the story from the previous chapter continues in this chapter. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples during the evening meal and continues to speak to them. 14:1 ughe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you 0 In [14:1–7](../14/01.md) the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 14:1 w3dn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 Jesus uses **heart** to represent the disciples’ thoughts and emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let your thoughts be troubled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 14:1 rq43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative πιστεύετε εἰς τὸν Θεόν, καὶ εἰς ἐμὲ πιστεύετε 1 Both of these clauses could be: (1) commands, as in the UST. (2) statements. Alternate translation: “You believe in God; you also believe in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) 14:2 eca3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Jesus uses **house** to refer to heaven, which is the place where God dwells. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In the place where my Father dwells” or “In heaven where my Father dwells”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 14:2 v9px rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 14:2 n3wl εἰ δὲ μή, εἶπον ἂν ὑμῖν, ὅτι πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν 1 The word translated **for** could also be translated “that,” in which case this sentence would be a question instead of a statement. With either interpretation the point of the sentence is the same: Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said in the previous sentence is true. He is going to heaven **to prepare a place for** his people. Alternate translation: “But if not, would I have told you that I am going to prepare a place for you?” 14:3 sadi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact ἐὰν πορευθῶ 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he knows that it will actually take place. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “when I go” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 14:4 ir1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo τὴν ὁδόν 1 Here Jesus uses **the way**. This could refer to: (1) himself as the means by which people can go to God in heaven, which is clearly the meaning for **the way** in [14:6](../14/06.md). (2) a manner of life that will eventually lead someone to be with God in heaven. Since the disciples did not understand this when Jesus said it, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 14:5 o21d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 14:5 j2go rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι? 1 Thomas is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We surely do not know the way!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 14:6 jdwf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 14:6 qoc0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ ὁδὸς 1 Here Jesus uses **the way** to indicate that he is the means by which people can go to God, who is in heaven. Trusting in Jesus is the only way to have access to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who gives people access to the Father” or “the means by which one may come to the Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 14:6 i8le rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 Jesus uses **the truth** to indicate that he is the one who reveals God’s truth to people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who reveals God’s truth” or “the means by which people can know God’s truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 14:6 z9tr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ ζωή 1 Jesus uses **the life** to indicate that he is the means by which people can receive eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who makes people spiritually alive” or “the means by which one may receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 14:6 g5hn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ 1 Here, **through me** means that a person can come to God only by trusting Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “no one comes to the Father except by believing in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 14:6 f95q rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 14:7 wx89 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ἐγνώκατε με 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you have known me, and you have known me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 14:8 fy8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 14:8 kum1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Κύριε, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 14:9 q2iy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 14:9 mr1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τοσοῦτον χρόνον μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωκάς με, Φίλιππε? 1 **Jesus** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So long a time I am with you, and you should know me, Philip!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 14:9 vx5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῶν & σὺ 1 The first occurrence of **you** in this verse is plural, but the second occurrence is singular. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 14:9 l3s8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 14:9 x1uh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα? 1 Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying to Philip. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You really should not say, ‘Show us the Father!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 14:10 hc1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν? 1 Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying to Philip. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You really should believe that I am in the Father, and the Father is in me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 14:10 li33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν 1 See how you translated this expression in [10:38](../10/38.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 14:10 e4se rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὶ & ὁ Πατὴρ & Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 14:10 wh9w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν 1 Here, **you** is plural. Jesus shifts from speaking to Philip to speaking to all of his disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 14:10 pgk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα 1 Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The message” or “The teachings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 14:10 seon rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 See how you translated **from myself** in [5:30](../05/30.md). Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 14:10 e3li rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated **work** in [7:3](../07/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 14:11 ew6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 14:11 r2w8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated **work** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 14:12 gh64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 14:12 icjc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, τὰ ἔργα ἃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ, κἀκεῖνος ποιήσει 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “the one believing in me will also do the works that I do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 14:12 h2rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated **works** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 14:12 ui5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ μείζονα τούτων ποιήσει 1 Jesus is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and he will do greater works than these” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 14:12 cn14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 14:13 bn30 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε 1 Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “whatever you might ask God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 14:13 n2id rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Here, **ask in my name** could mean: (1) to request something as the representative of Jesus or as if Jesus himself were requesting it. Alternate translation: “whatever you might ask as if I were asking” or “whatever you might ask that I would ask” (2) to request something with the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “whatever you ask with my authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 14:13 i138 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The one that may do the action could be: (1) Jesus, in which case **in the Son** would mean “by the Son.” Alternate translation: “so that the Son may glorify the Father” (2) everyone who experiences the result of what has been asked. Alternate translation: “so that everyone may glorify the Father in the Son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 14:13 j6nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ & Υἱῷ 1 **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 14:13 zr8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this phrase in the first person. Alternate translation: “in me, the Son” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 14:14 sgk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 See how you translated **in my name** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 14:15 bws1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς ἐμὰς τηρήσετε 1 Here, **keep** means to obey. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will obey my commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 14:16 tu1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Παράκλητον 1 **Helper** here refers to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “one who helps, the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 14:17 sc6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 The **Spirit of Truth** refers to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit of Truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 14:17 ms9g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Jesus is using **of** to describe the **Spirit** who teaches people the **Truth** about God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the Spirit that teaches God’s truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 14:17 i2v7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν 1 Here Jesus uses **world** to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whom the people in this world who oppose God are not able to receive” or “whom those who oppose God are not able to receive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 14:17 clz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ὑμῖν ἔσται 1 Jesus uses the future tense **will** to indicate that the Holy **Spirit** would be inside Jesus’ disciples at a future point in time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be in you at a future time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 14:18 hy8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς 1 Jesus uses **orphans** to refer to people who have no one to care for them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will not leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 14:18 k5bs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχομαι 1 Here Jesus uses the present tense **I am coming** to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 14:19 r5q8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 See how you translated **the world** in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 14:19 yjsl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅτι ἐγὼ ζῶ, καὶ ὑμεῖς ζήσεσθε 1 In this verse, Jesus uses **live** to refer to living forever after one’s resurrection. Because Jesus will live forever after his death and resurrection, so too will his disciples life forever after they die and are resurrected. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because I live forever, you will also life forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 14:19 cil5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ὅτι ἐγὼ ζῶ 1 Here Jesus uses the present tense **I live** to refer to when he comes back to life after his death. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Because I will live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 14:20 ckki rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 **On that day** here refers to the time that Jesus’ disciples would see him again after his resurrection. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you see me again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 14:20 b87j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 In this verse Jesus uses **in** to indicate being united with someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am united with my Father, and you are united with me, and I am united with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 14:20 he2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 14:20 ht8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the unity between Jesus and his disciples. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “you and I are just like one person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 14:21 rw8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ἔχων τὰς ἐντολάς μου 1 Jesus speaks of **commandments** as if they were an object that someone could possess. If your readers would not speak of knowing **commandments** in this way, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “The one knowing my commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 14:21 x8m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τηρῶν αὐτὰς 1 Here, **keeping** means obeying. See how you translated this word in [14:15](../14/15.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 14:21 gjl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ ἀγαπῶν με, ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and my Father will love the one loving me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 14:21 qsu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 14:21 jd80 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐμφανίσω αὐτῷ ἐμαυτόν 1 This could mean: (1) Jesus will reveal himself to his disciples after his resurrection, as also stated in [14:19](../14/19.md). Alternate translation: “I will show myself to him after I live again” (2) Jesus will reveal his character to the minds of anyone who loves and obeys him, as suggested by his statement in [14:23](../14/23.md). Alternate translation: “I will reveal to him what I am like” (3) Jesus will both reveal himself to his disciples after his resurrection and reveal his character to everyone who loves and obeys him. Alternate translation: “I will reveal myself to him after I live again and will reveal what I am like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 14:22 r22b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰούδας, οὐχ ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης 1 Here, **Judas** is the name of a man who was another disciple of Jesus. He was not the other disciple named **Judas** who was from the village of Kerioth and betrayed Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 14:22 qet7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 14:22 a7aa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί γέγονεν, ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν 1 **Judas** uses the expression **what has happened** to express his confusion about what Jesus said in the previous verse. The Jewish people were expecting the Messiah to come and reveal himself to the whole **world**, but Jesus said he would only show himself to his disciples. Therefore, **Judas** thinks something has caused Jesus to act differently than he had expected. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what is causing you to only show yourself to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 14:22 v7dr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 When **Judas** says **us**, he is speaking of himself and Jesus’ other disciples, so **us** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 14:22 gv3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 14:23 xez7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσει 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 14:23 xk31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 14:23 ad6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα 1 When **Jesus** says **we** in this verse, he is speaking of himself and God the Father, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 14:23 h9tl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα 1 This clause refers to God and **Jesus** dwelling within the person who **loves** and obeys **Jesus**. After Jesus’ resurrection and return to heaven, he and God live inside every believer through the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and we will live within him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 14:24 dj2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους μου οὐ τηρεῖ 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 14:24 c3ju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος 1 Here, **word** refers to what Jesus has just said in the preceding verses. If this would confuse your readers, you could express that meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things I have just said” or “this statement” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 14:24 d7ay rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς 1 Here, **mine** refers to the source of what Jesus has said. What Jesus has said did not come from himself, but from God. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not come from me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 14:24 ke2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός 1 Jesus is using **of** to describe the source of **the word**. If this is not clear in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has come from the Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 14:24 az71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός 1 Here this phrase refers to God. See how you translated this phrase3 in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 14:24 jhdc rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ & Πατρός 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 14:26 lbgf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ὁ δὲ Παράκλητος, τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, ὃ πέμψει ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐκεῖνος ὑμᾶς διδάξει πάντα, καὶ ὑπομνήσει ὑμᾶς πάντα ἃ εἶπον ὑμῖν. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of the phrases in this verse. Alternate translation: “Now the Helper will teach you everything, and he will remind you of everything that I said to you. He is the Holy Spirit, whom the Father will send in my name.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 14:26 n7ez ὁ & Παράκλητος 1 See how you translated **the Helper** in [14:16](../14/16.md). 14:26 hk8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 14:26 jjhy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Here, **in my name** could mean: (1) as the representative of Jesus or in place of Jesus. Alternate translation: “as my representative” or “in place of me” (2) with the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “with my authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 14:26 ig83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντα 1 Here, **everything** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses for emphasis. He means that the **Holy Spirit** would teach the disciples all that they needed to know about what he had taught them. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “everything that you need to know about what I have said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 14:27 t9c4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν; εἰρήνην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I leave you a peaceful feeling; I give you my peaceful feeling” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 14:27 fb4o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν 1 Jesus speaks of **peace** as if it were an object that he could **leave** with someone. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “You will feel peace after I leave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 14:27 jve8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you peace as the world gives peace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 14:27 i7gm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν 1 Here, **as the world gives** could mean: (1) the manner in which **the world gives** **peace**. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you in the manner that the world gives” (2) the type of **peace** that **the world gives**. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you the kind of peace that the world gives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 14:27 nx8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy κόσμος 1 See how you translated the **world** in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 14:27 m6qq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 See how you translated this clause in [14:1](../14/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 14:28 s8bx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν, ὑπάγω καὶ ἔρχομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I said to you that I am going away, and I will come back to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 14:28 ayiy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ἠγαπᾶτέ με, ἐχάρητε ἄν 1 Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. Jesus knows that at this point his disciples don’t truly love him in the way that they should. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If you loved me, but you don’t, you would be glad, but your aren’t” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) 14:28 s3t3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 Here Jesus implies that he will return to his **Father**. Alternate translation: “I am going back to the Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 14:28 gtk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Πατὴρ μείζων μού ἐστιν 1 Here Jesus could mean: (1) that the Father has greater authority than the Son while the Son is on the earth. Alternate translation: “the Father has greater authority than I have here” (2) that Jesus functions in a subordinate role to the Father for all time. Alternate translation: “the role of the Father is superior to the role that I have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 14:28 ymq4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα & ὁ Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 14:29 cj9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εἴρηκα ὑμῖν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I have told you this” or “I have told you what will happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 14:30 ah3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων 1 Here, **the ruler of this world** refers to Satan. See how you translated this phrase in [12:31](../12/31.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 14:30 ea6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν 1 Here, **has nothing in me** means that Satan has no control over Jesus and cannot make him do anything. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is not able to control me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 14:31 n3et rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἀλλ’ ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος, ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ καθὼς ἐνετείλατο μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὕτως ποιῶ 1 Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The first event that is done to accomplish this purpose could be: (1) a phrase Jesus left out that can be supplied from the context of the previous verses. Alternate translation: “but the ruler of this world is coming so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” or “but these things will happen so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” (2) what is stated later in the sentence, in which case the order of the clauses must be changed. Alternate translation: “but just as the Father commanded me, thus I do so that the world might know that I love the Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 14:31 jhq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 See how you translated **the world** in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 14:31 r9ub rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα & ὁ Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 15:intro k9jd 0 # John 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus says he is the vine (15:1–8)\n2. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (15:9–17)\n3. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Vine\n\nJesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. The vine of the grape plant takes water and minerals from the ground and gives them to the leaves and grapes that are on the branches. Without the vine, the branches, grapes, and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/vine]], [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/grape]], and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Remain in me”\n\nJesus uses the word “remain” as a metaphor. He is speaking of a believer being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. In ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea of “my words remain in you” as “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model. 15:1 aws2 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here,” at the end of the previous chapter ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)). 15:1 fen5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή 1 Jesus uses the **true vine** to refer to himself. As a **vine** is the source of life for its branches, so Jesus causes people to live in a way that pleases God and brings other people to believe in Jesus. Since the **vine** is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should translate the words directly or use a simile and not provide a plain explanation in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “I am like a true vine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 15:1 puzl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἡ ἀληθινή 1 The word translated **vine** refers specifically to the grapevine plant that produces grapes. If your readers would not be familiar with grapevines, use an equivalent word in your language for a **vine** that produces fruit. Alternate translation: “grapevine” or “fruit-producing vine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 15:1 hqj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 15:1 w2d4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν 1 Jesus uses **farmer** to refer to God. Just as a **farmer** takes care of the**vine** to ensure it is as fruitful as possible, so God takes care of his people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “my Father is like a gardener” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 15:1 t4ne ὁ γεωργός 1 While **farmer** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to someone who takes care of grapevines and grows grapes. Alternate translation: “vine grower” or “grape farmer” 15:2 p311 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν & καὶ πᾶν τὸ καρπὸν φέρον & ἵνα καρπὸν πλείονα φέρῃ 1 Jesus speaks about people who claim to be his disciples but are not by continuing the metaphor of a vine. In this paragraph, Jesus uses **branch** to refer to both true and false disciples. He also uses **bearing fruit**, **bears fruit**, and **bear more fruit** to refer to living in a manner that pleases God, especially demonstrating the Christian qualities called the “fruit of the Spirit” in [Galatians 5:22–23](../../gal/05/22.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “Everyone who claims to be my disciple but does not please God is like a branch in me that does not bear fruit … and every person who pleases God is like a branch that bears fruit … so that he might be like a branch that bears more fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) 15:2 wt8w αἴρει αὐτό 1 Alternate translation: “he cuts it off of the vine and takes it away” or “he breaks it off of the vine and throws it away” 15:2 enrh καθαίρει αὐτὸ 1 The word translated **prunes** could mean: (1) to remove excess parts from a plant. Alternate translation: “he trims it” (2) to cause something to become clean. Alternate translation: “he cleans it” (3) to remove excess parts from a plant in order to make it clean. See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “he prunes it so that it will be clean” 15:3 xn3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε 1 The word translated **clean** is related to the word translated “prunes” in the previous verse. Here Jesus uses **clean** to imply that the branches have already been cleaned by pruning off the excess parts. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “You are like branches that have already been pruned and are clean” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 15:3 ls0g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 15:3 l5zz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμεῖς & ὑμῖν 1 The words **You** and **you** in this verse are plural and refer to the disciples of Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 15:4 qvv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν & ἐν ἐμοὶ μένητε 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [6:56](../06/56.md). See also the discussion of **Remain in me** in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 15:5 mw4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος; ὑμεῖς τὰ κλήματα 1 See how you translated **vine** in [15:1](../15/01.md) and “branch” in [15:2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 15:5 r4di rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοὶ κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 See how you translated this similar expression in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 15:5 hzh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὗτος φέρει καρπὸν πολύν 1 See how you translated **bears fruit** in [15:2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 15:5 b1qd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ποιεῖν οὐδέν 1 Here Jesus uses **do nothing** to refer to doing **nothing** that pleases God. It does not refer to doing **nothing** at all. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “do nothing that pleases God” or “do nothing acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 15:6 fgnm ἐὰν μή τις μένῃ ἐν ἐμοί, ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη, καὶ συνάγουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ καίεται 1 In the middle of this verse, Jesus changes from referring to the **branch** in a singular form to a plural form. If this change would be confusing in your language, you could change the singular forms into plural forms. Alternate translation: “If people do not remain in me, they are thrown outside like branches and are dried up, and they gather them into the fire, and they are burned up” 15:6 d5mt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μένῃ ἐν ἐμοί 1 See how you translated **remain in me** in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 15:6 h6cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the farmer throws him outside like a branch, and he dries up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 15:6 k1tm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ κλῆμα 1 Jesus uses **branch** to refer to someone who claims to be Jesus’ disciple, but is not. See how you translated the similar use of **branch** in [15:2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 15:6 ura6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καὶ συνάγουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ καίεται 1 The first **they** in this verse refers to an indefinite subject, but the second **they** refers to the object. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate them differently. Alternate translation: “and some helpers gather them and throw them into the fire, and they are burned up” or “and someone gathers them and throws them into the fire, and those branches are burned up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 15:6 e789 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καίεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fire burns them up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 15:7 knr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μείνητε ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 See how you translated **remain in me** in the previous three verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 15:7 lpzq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὰ ῥήματά μου ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ 1 This is an idiom that means to obey Jesus. See how you translated a similar expression in [8:31](../08/31.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 15:7 m38f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὃ ἐὰν θέλητε, αἰτήσασθε 1 Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “ask God whatever you desire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 15:7 mcz5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενήσεται ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will do it for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 15:8 pq2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 Jesus is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “My Father will be glorified in this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 15:8 yq67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You have glorifed my Father in this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 15:8 z1ww rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 15:8 wpa6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε 1 See how you translated a similar expression in [15:5](../15/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 15:8 vtg5 γένησθε ἐμοὶ μαθηταί 1 Alternate translation: “show that you are my disciples” or “demonstrate that you are my disciples” 15:9 nf5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 15:9 d32z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ 1 Jesus uses **Remain in** to refer to continuing in a certain state. Jesus is commanding his disciples to continue being in a close and loving relationship with him by obeying his commands. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Continue having a loving relationship with me” or “Live in a way that enables you to continue experiencing my love” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 15:10 thg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τηρήσητε & τετήρηκα 1 Here, **keep** and **kept** refer to obeying. See how you translated this word in [14:15](../14/15.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 15:10 cu4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ μου & μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 See how you translated the similar clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 15:10 k1nm rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 15:11 rcv8 ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ ἐν ὑμῖν ᾖ 1 Alternate translation: “I have told you these things so that you will have the same kind of joy that I have” 15:11 r1p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πληρωθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you will be completely joyful” or “so that you will be joyful to the fullest extent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 15:13 uqny μείζονα ταύτης ἀγάπην οὐδεὶς ἔχει, ἵνα τις τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ θῇ ὑπὲρ τῶν φίλων αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “The greatest love a person can have for his friends is to voluntarily die for them” or “The best way that a person can show that he loves his friends is to willingly die for them” 15:13 bu8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν ψυχὴν 1 Here, **life** refers to physical **life**. It does not refer to eternal life. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “physical life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 15:13 emyr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ θῇ 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 15:15 b56f rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 15:16 qj98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καρπὸν φέρητε 1 In this verse, **bear fruit** could mean: (1) preach the gospel to people who respond by trusting in Jesus, as suggested by the use of **go** before **bear**. Alternate translation: “would lead people to believe in me” (2) live in a manner that pleases God, as **bear fruit** is used in [15:2–8](../15/02.md). Alternate translation: “would do what pleases God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 15:16 v3je rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ὁ καρπὸς ὑμῶν μένῃ 1 Here, **remain** means to last forever. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and your fruit should last forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 15:16 kc4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε 1 Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. It could mean: (1) the content of this clause is the purpose for Jesus choosing his disciples. Alternate translation: “and he chose you so that whatever you would ask” (2) the content of this clause is the purpose for the disciples’ fruit remaining. Alternate translation: “and this fruit would remain so that whatever you would ask” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 15:16 bcy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 15:16 acqo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 See how you translated **in my name** in [14:13](../14/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 15:17 rib2 ταῦτα 1 Here, **These things** could refer to: (1) the commands Jesus referred to in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “These commands” (2) the command in the second half of this verse. Alternate translation: “This” 15:18 ntzw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ὁ κόσμος ὑμᾶς μισεῖ 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If the world hates you, and it does hate you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) 15:18 d5ff rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 Here Jesus uses **world** to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated **world** in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 15:19 aj8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ἦτε 1 Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that his disciples are not **from the world**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If you were from the world, but you are not” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) 15:19 x6q8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου & ὁ κόσμος & τοῦ κόσμου & τοῦ κόσμου & ὁ κόσμος 1 See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 15:19 ayo7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ὅτι δὲ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου οὐκ ἐστέ, ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ ἐξελεξάμην ὑμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, διὰ τοῦτο μισεῖ ὑμᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “But because you are not from the world, this world hates you, but I chose you from the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 15:20 v53s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 Here, Jesus uses **word** to refer to what he says later in this sentence. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Remember the teaching that I said to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 15:20 wzg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [13:16](../13/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 15:20 a8kw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰ τὸν λόγον μου ἐτήρησαν & τηρήσουσιν 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 15:21 eh1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ταῦτα πάντα ποιήσουσιν εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **all these things** refers to the bad things Jesus told his disciples that the unbelievers in the world would do to them in [15:18–20](../15/18.md). If this use of **these things** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will hate and persecute you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 15:21 z35m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 Here, Jesus uses **my name** to refer to himself. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. If this use of **name** would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 15:21 hs9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 Here, **the one having sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 15:22 m75h rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς 1 Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He knows that he did come and speak to the world. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If I had not come and spoken to them, but I did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) 15:22 uble rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν 1 Jesus speaks of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess. See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:41](../09/41.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 15:22 uj4o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἁμαρτίαν & ἁμαρτίας 1 Here, Jesus uses **sin** to refer specifically to the **sin** of rejecting Jesus and his teachings. It does not refer to **sin** in general, because everyone is guilty of **sin**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sin of rejecting me and my teachings … sin of rejecting me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 15:23 u9u7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 15:24 bd47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν & δὲ 1 If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Because I have done the works that no one else did among them, they have sin, and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 15:24 rnt4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν 1 Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He has done **works that no one else did** among the people. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, but I did, they would have no sin, but they do have sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) 15:24 v23s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [15:22](../15/22.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 15:24 z6we rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ ἑωράκασιν 1 The object of the verb **seen** could be: (1) **the works** referred to earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “they have both seen the works” (2) Jesus and the **Father**, referred to at the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “they have both seen me and my Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 15:24 v6pt rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 15:25 x7g9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος 1 Here, Jesus uses **word** to refer to a specific prophecy in the Old Testament. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 15:25 s5wj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος 1 Here Jesus uses **the word that is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the statement that has been written in their scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 15:25 rod8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they might fulfill the word that a prophet wrote in their law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 15:25 j2m2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τῷ νόμῳ 1 Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated a similar expression in [10:34](../10/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 15:25 jhqg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks ἐμίσησάν με δωρεάν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) 15:26 eexc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Παράκλητος 1 See how you translated **Helper** in [14:16](../14/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 15:26 tpw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός & Πατρὸς 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 15:26 tzi9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 See how you translated **the Spirit of Truth** in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 15:27 ew2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀρχῆς 1 Here Jesus uses **beginning** to refer to the first days of his ministry. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 16:intro wb8v 0 # John 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n2. Jesus describes the work of the Holy Spirit (16:5–15)\n3. Jesus says that he will return to his Father (16:16–28)\n4. Jesus says that his disciples will soon abandon him (16:29–33)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. He is also the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n### “The hour is coming”\n\nJesus used the words, “the hour is coming,” to begin prophecies about events that were about to occur. He is not referring to the 60 minute hour, but to a point in time when these prophecies will be fulfilled. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([16:2](../16/02.md)) lasted for many years. However, “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([16:32](../16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nJesus said that just as a woman is in pain when she gives birth to a baby, so also his followers would be sad when he died. But just as the woman is happy after the baby is born, so also his followers would be happy when Jesus became alive again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) 16:1 pbc8 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the Chapter 14 ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)). 16:1 hn4j Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nVerses 1–4 are part of the same topic Jesus began in [15:18](../15/18.md). He is speaking about the persecution that his disciples will experience. 16:1 kz43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [15:18–25](../15/18.md) about the coming persecution of his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the warnings that you will be hated by everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 16:1 vui6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε 1 Here, Jesus uses **fall away** to refer to no longer trusting in him or no longer being his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might not stop trusting me” or “you might not stop being my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 16:2 hhgj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀποσυναγώγους 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:22](../09/22.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 16:2 i79b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 See how you translated this phrase in [4:21](../04/21.md) and see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to Chapter 4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 16:2 xueq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ἵνα πᾶς ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **for** could indicate: (1) time, as in the UST. (2) an explanation of to what **an hour** refers. Alternate translation: “that everyone who kills you wants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 16:3 k4r6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 16:4 b8z1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν 1 Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [16:2–3](../16/02.md) regarding what the Jews will do to his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have told you that the Jews will persecute you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 16:4 blb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα αὐτῶν 1 See how you translated **hour** in [16:2](../16/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 16:4 dh5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐξ ἀρχῆς 1 See how you translated **beginning** in [15:27](../15/27.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 16:5 gbpt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 Here, **the one having sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 16:5 c542 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐρωτᾷ 1 Here Jesus uses **and** to emphasize his surprise that they are not asking him where he is going, as they had done previously in [13:36](../13/36.md) and [14:5](../14/05.md). Use a natural form in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “but none of you are even asking” or “but how is it that none of you asks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 16:5 cq44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐρωτᾷ με, ποῦ ὑπάγεις 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “asks me where I am going” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 16:6 zhlg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν 1 Jesus speaks of **sadness** as if it were a thing that could fill someone. If this use of **sadness** would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your heart is very sad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 16:6 kr4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν 1 See how you translated **heart** in [14:1](../14/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 16:7 g3ze rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν & μὴ ἀπέλθω, ὁ Παράκλητος οὐκ ἐλεύσεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you can translate this double negative expression in a positive form. Alternate translation: “the Helper will come to you only if I go away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 16:7 d1zd Παράκλητος 1 See how you translated **Helper** in [14:26](../14/26.md). 16:8 bpu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, **that one** refers to the Holy Spirit, who is called “the Helper” in the previous verse. If this use of **that one** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 16:8 i78r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy κόσμον 1 See how you translated **world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 16:8 im9o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns περὶ ἁμαρτίας, καὶ περὶ δικαιοσύνης, καὶ περὶ κρίσεως 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sin**, **righteousness**, and **judgment**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “about what is sinful and about what is righteous and about the fact that God will judge them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 16:8 gihm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περὶ δικαιοσύνης 1 Here, **righteousness** could refer to: (1) God’s **righteousness**, which **the world** does not have. Alternate translation: “about the righteousness that the world lacks” (2) the false **righteousness** in **the world**, such as the actions of the Pharisees, which people thought were **righteous**. Alternate translation: “about the world’s false righteousness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 16:9 v4hk περὶ ἁμαρτίας μέν, ὅτι οὐ πιστεύουσιν εἰς ἐμὲ 1 Alternate translation: “about their sinfulness, because they are guilty of sin by not believing in me” 16:10 t4qe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περὶ δικαιοσύνης 1 See how you translated the phrase **about righteousness** in [16:8](../16/08.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 16:10 r121 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 16:10 fmk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκέτι θεωρεῖτέ με 1 Jesus uses this phrase to imply that anyone who could **see** him saw true righteousness. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will no longer see my righteous example” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 16:11 l71y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περὶ & κρίσεως 1 See how you translated the phrase **about judgment** in [16:8](../16/08.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 16:11 x2z1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 Here, **the ruler of this world** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [12:31](../12/31.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 16:11 dp4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God has judged the ruler of this world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 16:11 llxw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture κέκριται 1 This could mean: (1) Satan has already been condemned to future judgment. Alternate translation: “has already been condemned” (2) Satan’s future judgment is so certain that Jesus uses the past tense. Alternate translation: “will be judged” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 16:13 j7gr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 See how you translated the phrase **the Spirit of Truth** in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 16:13 pau7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ 1 Here, **truth** refers to true information about Jesus and God. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will guide you into all truth about me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 16:13 pter rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:19](../05/19.md). Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 16:13 v738 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅσα ἀκούσει, λαλήσει 1 Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. If this might confuse to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will say whatever God tells him to say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 16:13 mzns τὰ ἐρχόμενα 1 Alternate translation: “things that are about to happen” or “things that will soon take place” 16:14 srk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, **That one** refers to the Holy Spirit, who is called “the Spirit of Truth” in the previous verse. If this use of **That one** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 16:14 nfxp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ 1 Here, **the things of mine** could refer to: (1) what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “from the things I have said” (2) who Jesus is and what he has said and done. Alternate translation: “from my true identity and the things I have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 16:15 s73e rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 16:15 rmq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 16:16 nq4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture οὐκέτι θεωρεῖτέ με 1 Here Jesus uses **see** in the present tense to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “you will no longer see me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 16:17 ujur rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes τί ἐστιν τοῦτο ὃ λέγει ἡμῖν, μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με; καί ὅτι ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “What is this that he says to us when he says that in a little while we will not see him, and again a little while and we will see him, and also says that it is because he goes to the Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 16:17 s9x3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τί ἐστιν τοῦτο ὃ λέγει ἡμῖν 1 The disciples use this clause to indicate that they do not understand what Jesus has just said about his death that will happen soon. Use the most natural way in your language to express this confusion. Alternate translation: “What is he talking about when he says to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 16:17 zd1n μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με 1 See how you translated the similar statement in the previous verse. 16:17 w3kp ὅτι ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 See how you translated this statement in [16:10](../16/10.md). 16:17 sz1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 16:18 mmdm τὸ μικρόν 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. 16:19 j7wv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’ ἀλλήλων, ὅτι εἶπον, μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με? 1 Jesus is using this question to get his disciples to focus on what he has just told them so that he can give an explanation. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are seeking among yourselves concerning this, that I said, ‘A little while and you do not see me, and again a little while and you will see me.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 16:19 rwoq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι εἶπον 1 The word **that** introduces a clause that explains to what the preceding **this** refers. Use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation or elaboration in your language. Alternate translation: “namely, that I said,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) 16:19 ya90 μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με 1 See how you translated this statement in [16:16](../16/16.md). 16:20 jx6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 16:20 p9x1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται 1 Here Jesus uses **world** to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated **world** [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 16:20 p6v5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς λυπηθήσεσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will have grief” or “What happens will grieve you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 16:20 i94b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sorrow** and **joy**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “you will change from being sorrowful to being joyful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 16:21 km17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ἡ γυνὴ ὅταν τίκτῃ, λύπην ἔχει, ὅτι ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα αὐτῆς; ὅταν δὲ γεννήσῃ τὸ παιδίον, οὐκέτι μνημονεύει τῆς θλίψεως διὰ τὴν χαρὰν, ὅτι ἐγεννήθη ἄνθρωπος εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 Jesus is speaking of women in general, not of one particular **woman**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “When women give birth, they have pain because their hour has come, but when they have given birth to their children, they no longer remember their suffering, because of the joy that men have been born into the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 16:21 c71q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ ὥρα αὐτῆς 1 Here, **her hour** refers to the time when the **woman gives birth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time for her to give birth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 16:21 m474 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οὐκέτι μνημονεύει τῆς θλίψεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **suffering**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “she no longer remembers that she suffered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 16:22 j7ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor χαρήσεται ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 See how you translated **heart** in [14:1](../14/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 16:23 qoi2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, **in that day** refers to the time that Jesus’ disciples would see him again after his resurrection. See how you translated this phrase in [14:20](../14/20.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 16:23 g4qt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 16:23 w5jj rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 16:23 q75v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 See how you translated the phrase **in my name** in [14:13](../14/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 16:24 gm2h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 16:24 p83u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [15:11](../15/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 16:25 m4wc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables παροιμίαις -1 See how you translated this phrase in [10:6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) 16:25 n93q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 See how you translated this phrase in [4:21](../04/21.md) and see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to Chapter 4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 16:25 r73l παρρησίᾳ περὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἀπαγγελῶ ὑμῖν 1 Alternate translation: “I will tell you about the Father in a way that you will clearly understand.” 16:25 bq3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 16:26 sd3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [14:20](../14/20.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 16:26 vf63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 See how you translated this phrase in [14:13](../14/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 16:26 s8a5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐρωτήσω τὸν Πατέρα 1 Here Jesus implies that he will not have to **ask the Father** on behalf of his disciples, because they can ask God directly after Jesus becomes alive again. If this statement would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not say to you that I will need to ask the Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 16:26 cy76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 16:27 b49q rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 16:28 wyz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς & τὸν Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 16:28 l3zb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον & ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον 1 Here, **world** refers to the earth on which people live. It does not refer to the people in the world or to the entire universe. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the earth … I am leaving the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 16:29 sol1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγουσιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 16:29 i23p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables παροιμίαν 1 See how you translated this word in [16:25](../16/25.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) 16:30 u18y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ χρείαν ἔχεις, ἵνα τίς σε ἐρωτᾷ 1 By saying that Jesus does not need anyone to ask him questions, his disciples are implying that Jesus already knows what people will ask him before they ask. Since he already knows what they will ask him, he does not need them to ask him. If this statement would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so, now you finally place your trust in me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 16:31 c8cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἄρτι πιστεύετε? 1 This could mean: (1) Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying. Alternate translation: “So, now you finally place your trust in me!” (2) Jesus is asking a question in order to express doubt that the disciples really believe in him, since he knows they will soon leave him. Alternate translation: “Do you really trust me now?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 16:32 wbs6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 See how you translated this phrase in [16:25](../16/25.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 16:32 fbet rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture καὶ ἐλήλυθεν 1 Here Jesus uses **has come** in the past tense to refer to something that will happen in the very near future. If this use of **has come** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and will come right away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 16:32 yza2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σκορπισθῆτε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “others will scatter you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 16:32 zjnx εἰς τὰ ἴδια 1 Alternate translation: “each of you to his own place” or “every one of you to his own place” 16:32 k3br rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 16:33 k6d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην ἔχητε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **peace** in another way. Alternate translation: “so that you might experience a peaceful feeling in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 16:33 wraa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰρήνην ἔχητε & θλῖψιν ἔχετε 1 Here, Jesus speaks of **peace** and **troubles** as if they were objects that someone can possess. If these uses of **peace** and **troubles** might confuse your readers, you could use different expressions. Alternate translation: “you might be peaceful … you experience troubles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 16:33 ysh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 Here, **in me** refers to being united with Jesus or having a close relationship with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 16:33 z7wj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον 1 Here Jesus uses **world** to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated **world** in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 17:intro nb2a 0 # John 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is one long prayer that can be divided into three parts according to the topics of Jesus’ prayer requests:\n1. Jesus prays for himself (17:1–5)\n2. Jesus prays for his disciples (17:6–19)\n3. Jesus prays for all Christians (17:20–26)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Glory\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, bright light that visually represents how great God is. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory ([17:1](../17/01.md)). (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])\n\n### Jesus is eternal\n\nJesus existed before God created the world ([17:5](../17/05.md)). John wrote about this in [1:1](../01/01.md).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Prayer\n\nJesus is God’s one and only Son ([3:16](../03/16.md)), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that might seem to be commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be honored. 17:1 uf8z Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God. 17:1 an1o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα ἐλάλησεν 1 Here, **these things** refers to everything that Jesus told his disciples in [chapters 13–16](../13/01.md). If this use of **these things** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “described what would happen to him and his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 17:1 b4pj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated this idiom in [6:5](../06/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 17:1 k7tb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 Here, **heaven** refers to the sky. The Jews believed that **heaven**, the place where God dwells, was located above the sky. If this use of **heaven** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “beyond the sky toward God in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 17:1 l8sa rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ & Υἱὸς 1 **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 17:1 jup7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 Here, Jesus uses **hour** to refer to the time when Jesus would suffer and die. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time for me to suffer and die has come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 17:1 ya24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative δόξασόν 1 **Glorify** here is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please glorify” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) 17:1 bk1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person σου τὸν Υἱόν & ὁ Υἱὸς 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 17:2 jzlt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καθὼς ἔδωκας αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν πάσης σαρκός 1 Here, **since** indicates that this clause is the reason for the request given in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you gave him authority over all flesh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 17:2 cpi0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person αὐτῷ & αὐτῷ & δώσῃ 1 Throughout this verse Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 17:2 vbt4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πάσης σαρκός 1 Jesus is describing people by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** that they are made of. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “over all human beings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 17:3 i5pm αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωὴ 1 The clause could mean: (1) the rest of the verse describes what **eternal life** is. Alternate translation: “Now this is what it means to have eternal life” (2) the rest of the verse describes the means by which one receives eternal life. Alternate translation: “Now this is how people live forever” 17:3 zmsw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὃν ἀπέστειλας, Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν 1 Jesus uses **the one you sent** and **Jesus Christ** to refer to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 17:4 h4hu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον & ὃ δέδωκάς μοι 1 Here, Jesus uses **work** to refer to Jesus’ entire ministry while on the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ministry that you have given me here” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 17:5 k9ra rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δόξασόν με σύ, Πάτερ, παρὰ σεαυτῷ, τῇ δόξῃ ᾗ εἶχον & παρὰ σοί 1 Here, **with yourself** and **with you** refer to Jesus and God the **Father** being physically near to each other. If this use of **with** might be confusing to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Father, glorify me at your side with the glory that I had at your side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 17:5 g8at rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 17:5 ximp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative δόξασόν 1 Here, **glorify** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please glorify” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) 17:5 xhph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῇ δόξῃ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with the glorious characteristics” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 17:5 s4p3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον, εἶναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “before we made the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 17:6 vbn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα 1 Jesus uses **name** to refer to God himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I revealed you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 17:6 hn8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 See how you translated **world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 17:6 u8lc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον σου τετήρηκαν 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 17:8 bzvc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα 1 See how you translated **words** in [5:47](../05/47.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 17:9 ndb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 Here Jesus uses **world** to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated **world** in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 17:10 mql5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δεδόξασμαι ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they glorify me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 17:10 q0tm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 This could mean: (1) **all things** are the means by which Jesus is glorified. Alternate translation: “by means of them” (2) Jesus is glorified **in all things**. Alternate translation: “within them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 17:11 viya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture οὐκέτι εἰμὶ & πρὸς σὲ ἔρχομαι 1 Here Jesus uses **am** in the present tense to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “I will no longer … I am about to come to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 17:11 bk2h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ εἰσίν 1 Here Jesus uses **world** to refer to both being on the earth and being among the people in the **world** who oppose God. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in this world with people who oppose you, but they are in this hostile world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 17:11 kp1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 17:11 dvel rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative τήρησον 1 Here, **keep** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please keep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) 17:11 yq9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 Here, **name** could refer to: (1) God’s power. Alternate translation: “keep them by your power” (2) God himself, as in [17:6](../17/06.md). In this case, Jesus would be requesting that God keep his disciples united with God. Alternate translation: “keep them in unity with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 17:12 s5kw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 17:12 a4s8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 Here Jesus uses **perished** and **destruction** to refer to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this use of these words might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not one of them died spiritually, except for the son of spiritual death” or “not one of them experienced spiritual death, except for the son of spiritual death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 17:12 buiv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 Jesus uses the past tense **perished** to refer to eternal punishment as if it had already happened, even though **the son of destruction** had not yet **perished**. If this use of the past tense might confuse your readers, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “not one of them will perish, except for the son of destruction” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 17:12 az2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 Here, **son of destruction** refers to Judas, the disciple who betrayed Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Judas, the son of destruction” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 17:12 dkpa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 Here, **son of** is an idiom used to describe what a person is like. The defining characteristic of Judas was that he would be destroyed because he betrayed Jesus. If this use of **son of** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one characterized by destruction” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 17:12 dh0a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the son that must be destroyed” or “the son whom you will destroy”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 17:12 blz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that he would fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 17:13 p71q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 See how you translated **the world** in [17:11](../17/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 17:13 jp4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ἐμὴν, πεπληρωμένην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that I might give them my full joy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 17:14 bc1y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον σου 1 See how you translated **your word** in [17:6](../17/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 17:14 qf43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος & ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου & ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 Here, **the world** refers to the people in **the world** who oppose God. If this use of **the world** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who oppose you … from those who oppose you … I am not from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 17:14 wz9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, καθὼς ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 The phrase **from the world** could refer to: (1) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “they do not belong to the world, just as I do not belong to the world” (2) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “they did not come from the world, just as I did not come from the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 17:15 hg22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 Here Jesus uses **world** to refer to both being on the earth and being among the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this use of **world** in [17:11](../17/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 17:15 s3vp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 Here, **the evil one** refers to Satan. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you would keep them from Satan, the evil one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 17:16 pw1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου οὐκ εἰσὶν, καθὼς ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 See how you translated **from the world** in [17:14](../17/14.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 17:17 qtld rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἁγίασον 1 **Sanctify** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please sanctify” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) 17:17 y53e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 The phrase **by the truth** could refer to: (1) the means by which Jesus’ disciples would be sanctified. Alternate translation: “Sanctify them by means of the truth” (2) the realm in which Jesus’ disciples would be sanctified. Alternate translation: “Sanctify them in the truth” (3) both the means and realm of the disciples’ sanctification. See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “Sanctify them by means of and in the truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 17:17 y5qx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὁ σὸς 1 See how you translated **your word** in [17:6](../17/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 17:18 bh1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον -1 Here, **the world** refers to the people who live in the world. See how you translated **the world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 17:19 zam3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἐγὼ ἁγιάζω ἐμαυτόν 1 Jesus uses the phrases **for their sakes** and **sanctified** together to refer to his sacrificial death on the cross. If this clause might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for their sakes I have sanctified myself to die as a sacrifice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 17:19 z4z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα ὦσιν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that they may also sanctify themselves in truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 17:19 x08k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 The phrase **in truth** could refer to: (1) the means by which Jesus’ disciples would be sanctified. Alternate translation: “sanctified by means of truth” (2) the nature or degree of their sanctification. Alternate translation: “truly sanctified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 17:20 n7mp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν 1 Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus and his disciples proclaimed. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through their message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 17:21 jwiu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἵνα & ἵνα 1 The first **that** in this verse indicates one of Jesus’ prayer requests, namely, that all those who believe in Jesus would be united to each other. The second **that** indicates another prayer request, namely, that all those who believe in Jesus would be united to Jesus and God the Father. If this would not be clear in your language, you could make these two prayer requests more explicit by making them into two sentences. Alternate translation: “I request that … I also request that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 17:21 s8a1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet σύ, Πάτερ, ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν σοί 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:38](../10/38.md). Alternate translation: “you, Father, and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 17:21 yt2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 17:21 v6i7 ἵνα ὁ κόσμος πιστεύῃ ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας 1 Here, **so that** could indicate: (1) that what follows is the purpose for believers to be united to Jesus and God the Father, as in the UST. (2) that what follows is the result of believers being united to Jesus and God the Father. Alternate translation (with a comma preceding): “with the result that the world would believe that you have sent me” 17:21 nef9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 Here, **the world** is used to refer to all the people in **the world**. See how you translated **the world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 17:22 p4mj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure κἀγὼ τὴν, δόξαν ἣν δέδωκάς μοι, δέδωκα αὐτοῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “I have also given to them the glory that you gave to me” or “I have honored them just as you have honored me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 17:23 yznz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 This verse explains the statement “they would be one, just as we are one,” which is in the previous verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I mean that I am in them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 17:23 fld5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν 1 Here, **so that** indicates that this is the second purpose for Jesus giving the glory he received from God to those who believe in him, which he stated in the previous verse. If this use of **so that** might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly by repeating the idea from the previous verse and starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I have given them your glory so that they may be completely united” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 17:23 spot rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας 1 Here, **so that** could refer to: (1) the purpose for those who believe in Jesus being **complete as one**. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the world knowing that you send me” (2) a third purpose for Jesus giving the glory he received from God to those who believe in him. This interpretation would require making a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I have also given them your glory so that the world may know that you sent me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) 17:23 s7ph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 See how you translated **the world** in [17:21](../17/21.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 17:23 mm2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠγάπησας αὐτοὺς 1 Here, **them** refers to those who believe in Jesus, just like **them** does at the beginning of the verse. These believers are also the main subject of Jesus’ prayer in [17:20–26](../17/20.md). If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you loved those who believe in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 17:24 da83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 17:24 pd24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ 1 Here Jesus uses **am** in the present tense to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “where I will soon be” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 17:24 xh1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ 1 Jesus uses **where I am** to refer to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “where I am in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 17:24 fiv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foundation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “before we founded the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 17:24 hz83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 Here, **world** refers to the universe that God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. Alternate translation: “the whole universe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 17:25 ur9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 17:25 xpf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω 1 Here, **the world** refers to the people in **the world** who are opposed to God. Alternate translation: “those who are against you did not know you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 17:26 xpi3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά 1 Here, **name** refers to God himself. See how you translated this word in [17:6](../17/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 17:26 gk2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἡ ἀγάπη ἣν ἠγάπησάς με, ἐν αὐτοῖς ᾖ 1 Here Jesus speaks of God’s **love** as if it were an object that could be inside a person. If this use of **love** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they may love others in the same way that you have loved me” or “the love with which you have loved me may be experienced by them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 17:26 ilzj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 Here, Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between himself and those who believe in him. See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:38](../10/38.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 18:intro ltl2 0 # John 18 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Soldiers and guards arrest Jesus (18:1–11)\n2. The priests question Jesus, and Peter denies Jesus (18:12–27)\n3. Pilate questions Jesus (18:28–40)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death”\n\nThe Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([18:31](../18/31.md)).\n\n### King of the Jews\n\nWhen Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([18:33](../18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be a political leader like King Herod, whom the Romans allowed to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([18:39](../18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) 18:1-2 sq3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 # General Information:\n\n[18:1–2](../18/01.md) give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 says where the events took place. Verse 2 gives background information about Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 18:1 cxz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent ταῦτα εἰπὼν, Ἰησοῦς 1 John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event that happened soon after the events that the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon after Jesus spoke these words, he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 18:1 pxtm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν 1 John is using **of** to describe a **brook** that is called **Kidron**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the Kidron Brook” or “the brook that people called ‘Kidron’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 18:1 z9bw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν 1 **Kidron** is a valley in Jerusalem that is between the Temple Mount and the Mount of Olives. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 18:1 w3zx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅπου ἦν κῆπος 1 The word translated **garden** can refer to a place with flowers, vegetables, or trees. [Matthew 26:36](../../mat/26/36.md) and [Mark 14:32](../../mrk/14/32.md) indicate that the **garden** that Jesus and his disciples went to was a grove of olive trees. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “where there was a grove of olive trees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:3 j08o ὑπηρέτας 1 See how you translated **officers** in [7:32](../07/32.md). 18:3 h1u5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 18:4 sh2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν 1 Here, **knowing** introduces a clause that indicates the reason why Jesus went out to meet the soldiers and guards. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since he knew all things happening to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 18:5 vg2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 The soldiers and guards call Jesus **the Nazarene** because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a more natural expression in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus, from the town of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 18:5 qxyj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 18:5 fd9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐγώ εἰμι 1 This could mean: (1) Jesus is just answering their question. In this case he is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Alternate translation: “I am he” or “I am whom you are looking for” (2) Jesus is not only answering their question but also identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM” in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). Alternate translation: “I am God” or “I am the I AM” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 18:5 g4hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἵστήκει δὲ καὶ Ἰούδας, ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν, μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 In this sentence John provides background information about Judas’ location when he was **betraying** Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now Judas was also there with them to betray Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 18:6 b8tl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐγώ εἰμι 1 See how you translated **I am** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 18:6 w38n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔπεσαν χαμαί 1 Here John implies that the men fell to the ground involuntarily because of Jesus’ power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground because of Jesus’ power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:7 uf85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 See how you translated **Jesus the Nazarene** in [18:5](../18/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 18:8 xdp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐγώ εἰμι 1 See how you translated **I am** in [18:5](../18/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 18:9 l8as rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 In this verse John provides some background information about Jesus fulfilling Scripture. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 18:9 zpbq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the word that he had said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 18:9 bjp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν 1 Here, **the word** refers to what Jesus said while praying to God the Father in [17:12](../17/12.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “what he had said when he was praying to his Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 18:10 betq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σίμων & Πέτρος 1 See how you translated **Simon Peter** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 18:10 yq44 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μάχαιραν 1 The word translated **sword** here refers to a small sword that is similar to a dagger or long knife. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a dagger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:10 fe37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Μάλχος 1 **Malchus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 18:11 ghz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό? 1 **Jesus** is using the form of a question to add emphasis to his statement. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I should certainly drink the cup that the Father has given to me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 18:11 m4f3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό 1 Here Jesus uses **cup** to refer to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that God would give him to **drink**. If this use of **cup** and **drink** would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “My suffering which the Father wants me to endure, should I certainly not endure it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 18:11 cjx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 18:12 cl3f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 18:12 i6bz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔδησαν αὐτὸν 1 The soldiers **tied** Jesus’ hands together in order to prevent him from escaping. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “tied his hands to prevent him from escaping” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:13 je4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρὸς Ἅνναν πρῶτον, ἦν γὰρ πενθερὸς τοῦ Καϊάφα, ὃς ἦν ἀρχιερεὺς τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου 1 Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this time the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea, and it caused a controversy. One Roman official had appointed **Annas**, but ten years later another official deposed him and caused **Caiaphas** to be **high priest** instead. However, the Jews still considered Annas to be **high priest**. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “first to the high priest Annas, for he was the father-in-law of Caiaphas, who was the other high priest that year” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:14 kzvh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 In this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about Caiaphas. This information helps the reader understand why they took Jesus to Caiaphas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 18:14 xq5l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 See how you translated **to the Jews** in [18:12](../18/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 18:14 fkx1 συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ 1 See how you translated the similar clause in [11:50](../11/50.md). 18:14 uqs5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ 1 Caiaphas is leaving out a clause that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from his original statement in [11:50](../11/50.md). Alternate translation: “it would be better for one man to die on behalf of the people than to let the Romans kill all of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 18:15 xshi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠκολούθει & τῷ Ἰησοῦ & ἄλλος μαθητής. ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν 1 Here, **another disciple** and **that disciple** could refer to: (1) the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. This interpretation would mean that these phrases would be similar to the phrase “the other disciple, whom Jesus loved” that occurs in ([20:2](../20/02.md)). Alternate translation: “I, another disciple, followed Jesus. Now I was known to the high priest, and I entered” (2) an unknown disciple. Alternate translation: “a certain disciple, followed Jesus. Now that other disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:15 hch7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now the high priest knew that disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 18:15 sr05 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ & τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 In verses 15–23, **the high priest** refers to Annas, which is indicated in [18:13](../18/13.md). It does not refer to Caiaphas. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the high priest Annas … of Annas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:16 o10j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος 1 See how you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:16 utf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅς ἦν γνωστὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the high priest knew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 18:17 xw8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει -1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 18:17 r82l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν εἶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου? 1 The **female servant** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that she believes **Peter** is one of Jesus’ **disciples**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly also from the disciples of this man!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 18:18 hbw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 In this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about the people who were warming themselves around the fire. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 18:18 g8xj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ἵστήκεισαν δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται, ἀνθρακιὰν πεποιηκότες, ὅτι ψῦχος ἦν, καὶ ἐθερμαίνοντο 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Now because it was cold, the servants and the officers had made a charcoal fire and were standing there, warming themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 18:18 bbe9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ δοῦλοι 1 Here, **the servants** refers to the personal **servants** of the high priest. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the servants of the high priest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:19 e8h3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ & ἀρχιερεὺς 1 According to [18:13](../18/13.md) the **high priest** here is Annas. He would later send Jesus to Caiaphas in [18:24](../18/24.md). If this use of **high priest** might confuse your readers, you could state who the person is explicitly. Alternate translation: “Annas, the high priest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:20 h2kj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here Jesus uses **the world** to refer to all of the people in the world. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 18:20 ltlp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here, **to the world** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to emphasize that he spoke publicly. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “I have spoken openly to the people” or “I have spoken openly for everyone to hear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 18:20 s4k6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ἐν συναγωγῇ 1 Jesus is speaking of synagogues in general, not of one particular **synagogue**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “in synagogues” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 18:20 vcv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέρχονται 1 Here, **all the Jews** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to emphasize that Jesus spoke where many Jewish people could hear him. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “where so many Jews come together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 18:20 ebdf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish people in general. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:21 dlu6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί με ἐρωτᾷς? 1 Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. The Jewish law required the Jewish leaders to question witnesses first in legal cases. Therefore, Jesus is using this question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are breaking their own law by questioning him instead of questioning witnesses. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be asking me these questions!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 18:21 x42e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 Jesus uses **Behold** to call attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. Alternate translation: “Take notice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 18:22 ri22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἔδωκεν ῥάπισμα τῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰπών 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “gave Jesus a slap and said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 18:22 szv3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ? 1 The officer is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation, and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not answer the high priest in this manner!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 18:23 d76y μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “tell me what I said that was wrong” 18:23 r8dy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ καλῶς, τί με δέρεις? 1 **Jesus** is using the form of a question to add emphasis to what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “but if rightly, you should not strike me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 18:24 mojw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ Ἅννας & πρὸς Καϊάφαν τὸν ἀρχιερέα 1 For political reasons both **Annas** and **Caiaphas** were high priests at this time. See how you translated these names in [18:13](../18/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:25 ki76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that John is changing topics to return to the story about Peter in the high priest’s courtyard. [18:25–27](../18/25.md) describe what Peter was doing in the courtyard while the high priest was questioning Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “In the meantime,” or “While Jesus was being questioned,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) 18:25 l2bj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶ? 1 Someone in the high priest’s courtyard is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he believes **Peter** is one of Jesus’ **disciples**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly also from the disciples of this man!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 18:26 oka8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγώ σε εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μετ’ αὐτοῦ? 1 One of the high priest’s **servants** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he believes **Peter** is one of Jesus’ disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I surely saw you in the garden with him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 18:26 jfba rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 18:26 pj7v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ κήπῳ 1 See how you translated **garden** in [18:1](../18/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:27 msy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο Πέτρος 1 Here, **it** refers to **Peter** knowing and being with Jesus. If this use of **it** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter then denied again that he knew Jesus or had been with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:27 jww8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀλέκτωρ 1 See how you translated **rooster** in [13:38](../13/38.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 18:28 a6e7 0 # General Information:\n\nHere John changes topics from describing what Peter was doing to describing what was happening to Jesus. In the next section, Jesus’ accusers bring him to Caiaphas to be questioned by him. 18:28 r4fk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἄγουσιν 1 Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders and temple guards who were accusing Jesus. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities and their guards led” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 18:28 ija7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄγουσιν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα 1 Here John implies that they are leading Jesus away from Caiaphas’ house. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas’ house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:28 fyx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον 1 The **governor’s palace** refers to the headquarters of the Roman governor. The next verse indicates that the Roman governor’s name was Pilate. If this would confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the house of the Roman governor, Pilate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:28 v6e4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἦν δὲ πρωΐ. καὶ αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα 1 In this sentence John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about why the Jewish people with Jesus did not enter the **governor’s palace**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 18:28 h3vx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα 1 If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “they remained outside the governor’s palace so that they would remain ceremonially clean, and might eat the Passover” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 18:28 f47s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα 1 Pilate, the Roman governor, was not a Jew. The Jewish leaders believed that they would become ceremonially unclean if they entered the house of someone who was not a Jew. If they became ceremonially unclean, then they would not be allowed to celebrate the Passover festival. Therefore, the Jewish leaders did not enter the governor’s palace. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain this in the simplest way possible. Alternate translation: “they themselves did not enter into the governor’s palace because the governor was a Gentile. They believed that entering a Gentile’s home would defile them, so that they would not be allowed to eat the Passover.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:28 bj1x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 John is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If your readers might not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 18:29 c9aj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τίνα κατηγορίαν φέρετε κατὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **accusation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What crime do you accuse this man of committing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 18:30 j9w3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὗτος 1 Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:30 pup9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 The Jewish leaders are making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but they are already convinced that the condition is not true. They have concluded that Jesus is an evildoer. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not an evildoer, but he is, we would not have handed him over to you, but we did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) 18:30 gj5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This man is an evildoer, so we have brought him to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 18:31 ln9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 18:31 ph54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα 1 According to Roman law, the Jews could not **put anyone to death**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, it is not lawful for us to put anyone to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:32 s3l4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 # General Information:\n\nIn this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about Jesus predicting how he would die. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 18:32 ta7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the word of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 18:32 tu3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 Here, **kind of death** refers to the manner in which Jesus would die. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to indicate in what manner he was about to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:33 tr28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐφώνησεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Here, **summoned** implies that **Pilate** ordered some of his soldiers to bring Jesus to him inside his headquarters. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus inside to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:34 liov rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ σεαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from** indicates the origin of Pilate’s question. Jesus is asking Pilate if the question Pilate asked in the previous verse was his own idea. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “based on your own idea” or “on your own initiative” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:35 kfq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι? 1 **Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he was not interested in Jewish religious disagreements. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 18:35 en38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν 1 Here, **nation** refers to the people who were part of the Jewish **nation**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 18:36 wsd9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου -1 See how you translated **from this world** in [8:23](../08/23.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:36 gq19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου τούτου & τοῦ κόσμου τούτου & ἐντεῦθεν 1 In this verse, Jesus uses **this world** and **here** to refer to everything in the universe that has been corrupted by sin and is hostile to God. See how you translated a similar use of **this world** in [8:23](../08/23.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 18:36 bf3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἦν ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμή, οἱ ὑπηρέται οἱ ἐμοὶ ἠγωνίζοντο ἄν, ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he already knows that the condition is not true. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If my kingdom were from this world, but it is not, my servants would fight so that I would not be handed over to the Jews, but they do not” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) 18:36 s2lq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that someone would not have handed me over to the Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 18:36 pu8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 18:37 pfgj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo σὺ λέγεις ὅτι βασιλεύς εἰμι 1 Here Jesus is probably answering Pilate’s question in the affirmative. However, since he doesn’t clearly say, ‘Yes, I am a king,’ you do not need to explain the meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 18:37 wt50 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐγὼ εἰς τοῦτο γεγέννημαι, καὶ εἰς τοῦτο ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus came to the earth to tell people the truth about God. If stating the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For this reason I came here” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) 18:37 ug7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν κόσμον 1 Here, **world** refers to the universe that God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the universe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:37 gl3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Here, **truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to the true things about God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 18:37 ltn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 This phrase is an idiom that refers to someone who believes the **truth** about God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Everyone who believes the truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 18:37 b8gv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀκούει 1 Here, **hears** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [8:43](../08/43.md). Alternate translation: “heeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 18:37 fa97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche μου τῆς φωνῆς 1 Jesus uses **voice** to refer to what Jesus says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the things I say” or “to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 18:38 ygns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 18:38 zbm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν ἀλήθεια? 1 **Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he does not believe anyone really knows what **truth** is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can know the truth!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 18:38 lcrg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀλήθεια 1 Here, **truth** refers to any true information. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 18:38 rma7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 18:38 h1b8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐγὼ οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ 1 **Pilate** speaks of **guilt** as if it were an object that can be inside a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “I find no evidence that he is guilty of any crime” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 18:39 nhqn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕνα ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν 1 Pilate implies that he would **release** a prisoner when the Jewish leaders asked him to do so. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would release one prisoner to you at your request” or “I would release one prisoner to you when you asked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:39 fm16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῷ Πάσχα 1 Here, **the Passover** refers to the entire **Passover** festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:40 xdxz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐκραύγασαν & πάλιν λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out again and said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 18:40 a7pl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 The Jewish leaders are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Do not release this one, but release Barabbas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 18:40 qy3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦτον 1 Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 18:40 h11k rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής 1 In this sentence John provides background information about **Barabbas**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 18:40 gq8w λῃστής 1 The word usually translated **robber** can also refer to an insurrectionist, as is indicated by the description of **Barabbas** in [Mark 15:7](../../mrk/15/07). Alternate translation: “an insurrectionist” 19:intro u96u 0 # John 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Soldiers beat and mock Jesus (19:1–3)\n2. The Jewish leaders convince Pilate to crucify Jesus (19:4–16)\n3. Soldiers crucify Jesus (19:17–27)\n4. Jesus dies on the cross (19:28–37)\n5. Jesus’ friends put his body in a tomb (19:38–42)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text in order to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [19:24](../19/24.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Purple garment”\n\nPurple is a color that is from a mixture of red and blue. The soldiers mocked Jesus by putting a purple garment on him. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### “You are not Caesar’s friend”\n\nPilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([19:12](../19/12.md)).\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would then place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [19:39–42](../19/39.md).\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([19:41](../19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nThe soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Gabbatha, Golgotha\n\nJohn explained the meanings of these two Aramaic words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”). Then he used Greek letters to express the sound of these words. You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of these Aramaic words. 19:1 u3gi Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Pilate has been speaking outside his headquarters with the Jewish leaders who are accusing Jesus. 19:1 yay2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν 1 **Pilate** himself did not whip Jesus. John uses **Pilate** to refer to the soldiers whom Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to take Jesus and whip him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 19:2 mzrb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν 1 John uses **thorns** to refer to small branches with **thorns** on them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “twisted together a crown from thorny branches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 19:2 f1rj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἱμάτιον πορφυροῦν περιέβαλον αὐτόν 1 In Roman culture, a **crown** and **purple garment** were worn by kings. The soldiers put a **crown** made from thorns and a **purple garment** on Jesus in order to mock him. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this idea in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “They put it on his head and put a purple garment on him in order to ridicule him by pretending that he was a king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:3 u4vw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony καὶ ἔλεγον, χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 **Hail** was a common greeting, but the soldiers use this greeting in order to mock Jesus. They also did not believe that Jesus was really the **King of the Jews**. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. If this might confuse your readers, you could provide a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “and they said in a mocking manner, ‘Hail, King of the Jews’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) 19:4 hn1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 19:4 zd8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who had brought Jesus to Pilate. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 19:4 c6v2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor αἰτίαν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐχ εὑρίσκω 1 See how you translated a similar clause in [18:38](../18/38.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 19:5 wyql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξῆλθεν 1 Your language may state “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) 19:5 t9wn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον καὶ τὸ πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον 1 See how you translated **crown**, **thorns**, and **purple garment** in [19:2](../19/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:5 i2ay rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 19:6 pgs5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 19:6 ha6y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out and said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 19:6 bzm0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐγὼ & οὐχ εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ αἰτίαν 1 See how you translated a similar clause in [19:4](../19/04.md) and [18:38](../18/38.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 19:7 x7bg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **The Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../-01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 19:7 vr7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν 1 Here, **made himself** is an idiom that refers to pretending to be something they think he is not. If this might confuse your readers, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “he pretended to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 19:7 xt93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 19:8 lw3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦτον τὸν λόγον 1 Here, **word** refers to what the Jewish leaders said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “what they said about Jesus claiming to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 19:8 nx2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μᾶλλον ἐφοβήθη 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he grew even more afraid of condemning Jesus” or “he grew even more afraid than before of what might happen to him if he condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 19:9 seyo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον πάλιν, καὶ λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 John implies that the soldiers brought Jesus back into the governor’s palace so Pilate could speak with him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he entered into the governor’s palace again and told the soldiers to bring Jesus back inside. Then he says to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:9 lb11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 19:10 wcm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς? 1 **Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize his surprise that Jesus does not answer his question. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!” or “Answer me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 19:10 iap3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε? 1 **Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 19:11 x2as rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “You only have authority over me because that authority has been given to you from above” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 19:11 fxu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 Here, **above** is used to refer to God who dwells in heaven **above**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 19:11 i7nu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except for what God has given to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 19:11 vc79 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “has a greater sin than your sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 19:11 kbrx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει 1 Jesus speaks of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess in varying amounts. If this use of **sin** might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are more sinful” or “has committed worse sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 19:12 a39p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ τούτου 1 Here, **this** refers to Jesus’ answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:12 q1vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche οἱ & Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 19:12 r8va rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦτον 1 The Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:12 p6j4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “cried out and said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 19:12 g9xj οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος 1 Alternate translation: “you do not support Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor” 19:12 bhl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [19:7](../19/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 19:13 o54h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῶν λόγων τούτων 1 Here, **these words** refers to what the Jewish leaders had said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “what the Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 19:13 xr6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 John implies that **Pilate**ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “commanded the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:13 il9r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκάθισεν 1 Since a person would sit down to teach or make official statements, the phrase **sat down** here implies that Pilate was going to speak to the people about what he had decided to do with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sat down to judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:13 qhu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ βήματος 1 The **judgment seat** was a special chair in which a leader sat when he was making an official judgment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the seat used for judging people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) 19:13 g8h4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called ‘The Pavement’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 19:13 v2ss rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἑβραϊστὶ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:13 xbpv Γαββαθᾶ 1 Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word with Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning earlier in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language. 19:14 t5qt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 **Now** marks a break in the storyline. Here John provides information about the upcoming Passover festival and the time of day when Pilate presented Jesus to the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 19:14 en2i ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη 1 In this culture, people counted the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the sixth hour** indicates noon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about noon” or “about 12:00 PM” 19:14 qi7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 19:14 lc5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 19:15 vi6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἆρον! ἆρον! 1 **Take him away** here implies taking a person away to be executed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Take him away to be killed! Take him away to be killed!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:15 krld rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 19:15 tlj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω 1 Pilate uses **I** to imply that he would order his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Pilate himself did not crucify people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Should I command my soldiers to crucify your king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:15 osy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Πειλᾶτος, τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω? 1 **Pilate** does not believe that Jesus is a king. He actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could provide a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “Pilate says to them in a mocking manner, ‘Should I crucify your king’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) 19:16 t3yb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τότε & παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 In this verse, the pronouns **them** and **they** refer to the Roman soldiers who would crucify Jesus. These pronouns do not refer to “the chief priests” in the previous verse because they did not crucify people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 19:16 dw2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the soldiers might crucify him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 19:16 j6jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπήγαγον 1 The phrase **led him away** implies that the soldiers led Jesus away in order crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and led him away to be crucified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:17 qv6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπον, ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ, Γολγοθᾶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the place that the people called ‘The Place of a Skull,’ which the Jews call ‘Golgotha’ in Hebrew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 19:17 mwy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἑβραϊστὶ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:17 hs8e Γολγοθᾶ 1 Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word using Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning earlier in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language. 19:18 fb84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “they also crucified two others with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 19:19 cx5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔγραψεν & καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 John uses **Pilate** to imply that **Pilate** ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded his soldiers to write a title on a sign and put it on the cross” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:19 ziak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Here, **the cross** refers specifically to **the cross** on which Jesus was crucified. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the cross they used to crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:19 gk8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἦν & γεγραμμένον, Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων. 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person wrote on it these words: Jesus the Nazarene, the King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 19:20 ke3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ τόπος & ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the place where they crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 19:20 k3mp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς πόλεως 1 Here, **the city** refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the city called Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:20 mgb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ἦν γεγραμμένον Ἑβραϊστί, Ῥωμαϊστί, Ἑλληνιστί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one who prepared the sign wrote the words in three languages: Hebrew, Latin, and Greek” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 19:20 bzub rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἑβραϊστί 1 See how you translated this phrase, **in Hebrew**, in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:20 w41e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ῥωμαϊστί 1 **Latin** was the language spoken by the Roman government and Roman soldiers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the language spoken by the Romans” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:21 qk7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔλεγον οὖν τῷ Πειλάτῳ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 The chief priests had to go back to Pilate’s headquarters in order to speak to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then the chief priests of the Jews went back to Pilate and said to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:21 js2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος 1 The Jewish leaders say **That one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “That so-and-so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:21 ixay rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐκεῖνος εἶπεν, Βασιλεὺς εἰμι τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “That one said that he is the King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 19:22 sus9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα 1 **Pilate** implies that he will not change the words on the notice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:22 vgn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα 1 **Pilate** uses **I** to imply that he ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I told them to write is what they have written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:23 s74c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα 1 The next verse implies that the soldiers kept the tunic separate from the clothes that they divided. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the tunic they did not divide” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:23 lis8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 There is a break from the main storyline that begins with the word **Now** and continues to the end of the next verse. In this break John tells us how this event fulfills Scripture. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 19:23 sk7l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑφαντὸς δι’ ὅλου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had woven it in one piece” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 19:24 ks7m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, τίνος ἔσται 1 The soldiers are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. The soldiers will **cast lots** and the winner will receive the shirt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we should cast lots for it in order to decide whose it will be” or “we should cast lots for it and the winner will get to keep it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 19:24 umc2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ & ἔβαλον κλῆρον 1 The term **lots** refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with **lots**, you could use a general expression for gambling. Alternate translation: “we should gamble for it … gambled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 19:24 us8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα 1 Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 22:18](../../psa/22/18.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “This happened so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 19:24 j1f9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture that said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 19:24 yrxw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτιά μου ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἱματισμόν μου ἔβαλον κλῆρον 1 In these phrases, John quotes [Psalm 22:19](../../psa/22/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) 19:25 octl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 John is using **of** to describe **the cross** on which the soldiers had crucified Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the cross on which Jesus was crucified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 19:26 gkf1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν μαθητὴν & ὃν ἠγάπα 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [13:23](./13/23.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:26 mva3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 19:26 cxlv γύναι 1 See how you translated **Woman** in [2:4](../02/04.md). 19:26 t7tc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου 1 Here, Jesus uses **son** to indicate that he wants his disciple, John, to be like a **son** to his mother. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 19:27 a8x3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 19:27 iz8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ μαθητῇ & ἔλαβεν ὁ μαθητὴς αὐτὴν εἰς τὰ ἴδια 1 In this verse, **the disciple** and **his** refer to John, who calls himself “the disciple whom he loved” in the previous verse and who is the author of this Gospel. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved … that disciple took her into his own home” or “to me … I took her into my own home” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:27 qc7d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου 1 Here, Jesus uses **mother** to indicate that he wants his **mother** to be like a **mother** to his disciple, John. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Here is the woman to whom you will be like a mother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 19:27 q615 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας 1 Here, **hour** refers to a point in time. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 19:28 uynk rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent μετὰ τοῦτο 1 **After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon afterward” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 19:28 crd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he had already completed all things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 19:28 pxie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντα 1 Here, **all things** refers to everything that God sent Jesus to the world to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the things that God had sent him to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:28 wh4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τελειωθῇ ἡ Γραφὴ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he might fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 19:28 w999 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἵνα τελειωθῇ ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Here John uses **that the scripture might be completed** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:21](../../psa/69/21.md)).If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 19:28 ezfy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 19:29 x1cy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σκεῦος ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone had placed there a container full of sour wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 19:29 x8z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὄξους & τοῦ ὄξους 1 Here, **sour wine** refers to the inexpensive **wine** that common people in Jesus’ culture would usually drink to quench thirst. Therefore, the person who gave Jesus this **sour wine** was acting kindly and responding to what he had said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of common wine … of that wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:29 gh7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σπόγγον οὖν μεστὸν τοῦ ὄξους ὑσσώπῳ περιθέντες 1 John implies that someone dipped the **sponge** into the container full of sour wine so that the **sponge** would be **full of the sour wine**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so having dipped a sponge in the container so that it was full of sour wine, they put it on a hyssop” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:29 y2eg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σπόγγον 1 A **sponge** is a small object that can soak up and hold liquid that comes out of it when the **sponge** is squeezed. If your readers would not be familiar with this thing, you could use the name of something your readers would use for soaking up liquid, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something to soak up liquid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 19:29 mg3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὑσσώπῳ 1 Here, **hyssop** refers to the stalk from a plant that grows in Israel. Matthew and Mark called this stalk a “reed” in [Matthew 27:48](../../mat/27/48.md) and [Mark 15:36](../../mrk/15/36.md). If your readers would not be familiar with this plant, you could use the name of a plant in your area that has stalks or reeds, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a reed of a plant called hyssop” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 19:30 u8xq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ ὄξος 1 See how you translated this phrase, **the sour wine**, in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:30 vq53 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τετέλεσται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The thing Jesus **finished** could be: (1) all the work that God had sent Jesus to the world to do. This interpretation would connect this phrase to the statement Jesus made in [17:4](../17/04.md) when he said that he had “completed the work” that God had given him to do. Alternate translation: “I finished all that I came here to do” (2) all the Old Testament prophecies about what Jesus would do the first time he came to the earth. This interpretation would connect this phrase to the statement in verse 28, “knowing that all things had already been completed, so that the scripture might be completed.” Alternate translation: “I completed all that the scripture has said about me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 19:30 vz56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 This clause is an idiom that means “willingly die.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he allowed himself to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 19:31 jtq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure οἱ οὖν Ἰουδαῖοι, ἐπεὶ παρασκευὴ ἦν, ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ (ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου), ἠρώτησαν τὸν Πειλᾶτον, ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Then, because it was the day of preparation, the Jews asked Pilate that the men’s legs would be broken and they would be taken away, so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath (for that Sabbath was an especially important day)” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 19:31 zuk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche οἱ & Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 19:31 c49h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit παρασκευὴ 1 Here, **day of preparation** refers to the day when the Jewish people prepared for both the Passover festival and the Sabbath. See how you translated a similar phrase in [19:14](../19/14.md). Alternate translation: “the day when the Jews prepared for both the Passover festival and the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:31 h3j1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ 1 According to Jewish religious law, dead bodies could not remain on crosses during the Sabbath. Therefore, the Jewish leaders wanted Pilate to order his soldiers to execute the three men on crosses and remove their bodies before the Sabbath began at sundown. If this clause might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath, which the Jewish law forbids” or “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath and thereby violate Jewish law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:31 oeeb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 John is speaking of the three crosses on which the men were hanging. He is not referring to one particular **cross**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “on the three crosses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) 19:31 rodw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 John notes that this **Sabbath** was **an especially important day** because it was the first day of the Passover celebration. If this statement would confuse your readers, express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for that Sabbath was especially important because it occurred during the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:31 f96h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have someone break their legs and take them away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 19:31 gz48 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 The Jewish leaders wanted Pilate’s soldiers to break the legs of the men who were hanging on crosses because doing that would cause the men to die quickly. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “their legs would be broken so that they would die quickly and their bodies could be taken away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:32 q2yq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τοῦ ἄλλου τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the other man with whom they had crucified him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 19:35 p17b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 This verse is a break from the main storyline in which John provides some background information about himself. John is telling readers that they can trust what he has written because he saw these events happen. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 19:35 bs5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ ἑωρακὼς & αὐτοῦ & ἐκεῖνος οἶδεν ὅτι ἀληθῆ λέγει 1 These phrases refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. He is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who saw this … my … I know that I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 19:35 c9q7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε 1 John is leaving out some of the words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “so that you would also believe that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 19:36-37 wid6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 # General Information:\n\n[19:36–37](../19/36.md) are another break from the main storyline in which John tells us that the two events in [19:33–34](../19/33.md) made some prophecies in scripture come true. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 19:36 uyvo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐγένετο & ταῦτα, ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “these things happened in order that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 19:36 l8zi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγένετο & ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to the two events described in [19:33–34](../19/33.md). If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the soldiers did not break Jesus’ legs but pierced his side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:36 qwl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the words that someone wrote in scripture” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 19:36 bm8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) 19:36 b1kx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ 1 This is a quotation from [Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md). If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one will break even one of his bones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 19:37 h4kq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἑτέρα Γραφὴ λέγει 1 Here John uses **another scripture says** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Zechariah 12:10](../../zec/12/10.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the prophet Zechariah wrote in another scripture that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) 19:37 lnmt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Zechariah 12:10](../../zec/12/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) 19:38 ca0b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent μετὰ & ταῦτα 1 **After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “soon afterward” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 19:38 xtva rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Since [Luke 23:50](../../luk/23/50.md) indicates that **Joseph** was a member of the Sanhedrin, he was likely dwelling in Jerusalem. Therefore, John would mean here that **Joseph** was originally **from Arimathea**. **Joseph** had not come **from Arimathea** to Jerusalem for this occasion. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, who was originally from Arimathea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:38 d3hz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 **Arimathea** was a city in Judea. Alternate translation: “Joseph who was from the city called Arimathea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 19:38 e3ap rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 John is using **of** to describe the **fear** that **Joseph** felt for the Jewish leaders. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because he feared the Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 19:38 h7ra rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 19:38 t22g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ & ἦρεν τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ 1 John implies that **Joseph** wanted to **take away the body of Jesus** in order to bury it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that he might take away the body of Jesus in order to bury it … took away and buried his body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:38 ojo8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπέτρεψεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος 1 John implies that **Pilate** gave **Joseph** permission to take away Jesus’ body. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate gave him permission to take away the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:39 mjy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Νικόδημος 1 **Nicodemus** was one of the Pharisees who respected Jesus. See how you translated this name in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 19:39 gqkc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν νυκτὸς τὸ πρῶτον 1 This clause refers to the meeting between Jesus and Nicodemus that is described in [chapter 3](../03/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who had met Jesus before when he visited him at night” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:39 ekyu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit φέρων μίγμα σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 According to the burial customs of Jesus’ time, people prepared this **mixture** in order to put it on Jesus’ body as a way to honor him and to counteract the smell of decay. If this would confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “bringing a mixture of myrrh and aloes to put on Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:39 d3d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 This **mixture of myrrh and aloes** consisted of pleasant-smelling substances that were mixed together into an ointment that was put on a dead body in order to counteract the smell of decay. If your readers would not be familiar with these substances, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of pleasant-smelling substances” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 19:39 xks9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this weight in terms of modern measurements either in the text or a footnote. One **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) 19:40 m9k6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἔδησαν αὐτὸ ὀθονίοις μετὰ τῶν ἀρωμάτων 1 Wrapping a dead body in strips of cloth was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “wrapped strips of linen cloth around his body and put spices under the strips of cloth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 19:41 fb25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 In this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 19:41 uib1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 19:41 qd1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which people had not yet buried anyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 19:41 bx6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 The phrase **no one had yet** translates two negative words in Greek. John uses them together to emphasize that the tomb had never been used. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 19:42 nr4r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on **the day of preparation** because sundown marked the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. This meant that they had to bury Jesus’ body quickly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because the Passover and Sabbath were about to begin that evening” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:42 c70e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ἐκεῖ & διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὅτι ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ μνημεῖον, ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “they laid Jesus there because of the day of preparation of the Jews and because the tomb was close by” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 19:42 jsyu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [19:14](../19/14.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 19:42 jtfz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 John is referring to putting Jesus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant, and it accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:34](../11/34.md). Alternate translation: “they entombed Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) 20:intro nm1y 0 # John 20 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Mary Magdalene, Peter, and John go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (20:1–10)\n2. Mary Magdalene meets Jesus (20:11–18)\n3. Ten disciples meet Jesus (20:19–25)\n4. Thomas meets Jesus (20:26–29)\n5. John states the purpose for this Gospel (20:30–31)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([20:1](../20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was a room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could look inside or enter.\n\n### “Receive the Holy Spirit”\n\nIf your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by blowing air out of his mouth, and that Jesus was referring to the Holy Spirit, not his breath. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Rabboni\n\nJohn used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word. Then he explained that the word means “Teacher.” You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of the Aramaic word.\n\n### Jesus’ resurrection body\n\nWe do not know what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew he was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet and pierced his side. However, he could also walk through solid walls and doors and sometimes people didn’t recognize him. It is best not to say more than what the ULT says about Jesus’ resurrection body.\n\n### Two angels in white\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human forms. Two of the Gospel authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT rather than trying to make the passages all state the exact same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1–2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md)) 20:1 a8vl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ & μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 John uses **first** to imply the **first** day of the week. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 20:1 sb4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῇ & μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 Here John is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 20:1 gqn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται & βλέπει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 20:1 bdw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βλέπει τὸν λίθον ἠρμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “sees that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 20:2 wn0k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture τρέχει & ἔρχεται & λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 20:2 g2rn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes to Chapter 13. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md) and [18:15](../18/15.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 20:2 jm40 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person αὐτοῖς 1 If you translated **the other disciple whom Jesus loved** with a first person form earlier in the verse, then you will need to use the first person plural “us” here. Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 20:2 igzt rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 If you translated **the other disciple whom Jesus loved** with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **them** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 20:2 mkmh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν Κύριον & αὐτόν 1 Here Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s body … it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 20:2 xd3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive οὐκ οἴδαμεν ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν 1 When Mary says **we**, she is speaking of herself and some women who came to the tomb with her. These women are mentioned in [Matthew 28:1](../../mat/28/01.md); [Mark 16:1](../../mrk/16/01.md); and [Luke 24:1](../../luk/24/01.md), [10](../../luk/24/10.md), [24](../../luk/24/24.md). Since she is not speaking of the two disciples, **we** is exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 20:3 d6g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής 1 See how you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 20:3 ci46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs ἐξῆλθεν & ἤρχοντο 1 If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the verbs **went out** and **went** would be in the dual form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]]) 20:3 g0ky rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἤρχοντο 1 If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **they** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 20:3 jgzx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἤρχοντο 1 If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a first person singular form, then you will need to use the first person plural “we” here. Alternate translation: “we went” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 20:4 c5kr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἔτρεχον & οἱ δύο ὁμοῦ, καὶ ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς προέδραμεν τάχειον 1 If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in [20:2](../20/02.md), then you will need to use first person pronouns in this verse. Alternate translation: “we were running together, and I quickly ran ahead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 20:4 sc6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς 1 See how you translated **the other disciple** in [20:2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 20:5 jbbz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person βλέπει & οὐ μέντοι εἰσῆλθεν 1 If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in the previous verse, then you will need to use first person pronouns in this verse. Alternate translation: “I saw … but I did not enter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 20:5 wm6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture βλέπει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 20:5 m9qn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὀθόνια 1 Wrapping a dead body in strips of cloth was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for Chapter 19. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the linen cloths in which they had wrapped Jesus’ body for burial” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 20:6 gw25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται & θεωρεῖ 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 20:6 rjux rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person αὐτῷ 1 If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in [20:4](../20/04.md), then you will need to use the first person “me” here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 20:6 ys3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὀθόνια 1 See how you translated **linen cloths** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 20:7 qt5a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ σουδάριον, ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the cloth that someone had put on his head” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 20:7 lw33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus, not to Peter or John. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 20:7 v9yg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὀθονίων 1 See how you translated **linen cloths** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) 20:7 yc78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐντετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but someone had folded it up in one place by itself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 20:8 vl84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς 1 See how you translated **the other disciple** in [20:2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 20:8 b7h5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person εἰσῆλθεν & καὶ εἶδεν καὶ ἐπίστευσεν 1 If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in this verse, then you will need to use the first person throughout this verse. Alternate translation: “went in, and I saw and believed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 20:8 ww3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εἶδεν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he saw the linen cloths where Jesus’ body had lain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 20:8 eydm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐπίστευσεν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he believed that Jesus had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 20:9 jywe rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that this verse provides background information about the kind of belief that was mentioned in the previous clause. **For** here does not indicate a reason or cause. At that time, the disciples believed Jesus had risen from the dead only because the tomb was empty. They still did not understand that the scriptures said Jesus would rise from the dead. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “But even then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 20:9 u5q9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι 1 Here, **rise from the dead** is an idiom that refers to a dead person becoming alive again. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “become alive after he died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 20:10 p5um rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπῆλθον & πάλιν πρὸς αὑτοὺς 1 Since the disciples were staying within walking distance of Jesus’ tomb, the **homes** they went to must have been in Jerusalem. They did not go back to their homes in Galilee. Alternate translation: “went back to where they were staying in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 20:11 kmzj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Μαρία 1 **Mary** here refers to **Mary** Magdalene. See how you translated this **Mary** in [19:25](../19/25.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 20:12 bl51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture θεωρεῖ 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 20:12 p9aw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δύο ἀγγέλους ἐν λευκοῖς 1 Here, **white** refers to the color of the clothing that the angels were wearing. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “two angels in white clothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 20:12 vzkb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕνα πρὸς τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἕνα πρὸς τοῖς ποσίν, ὅπου ἔκειτο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Here, **at the head** and **at the feet** refer to the locations in the tomb where Jesus’ head and feet used to be. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one at the place of his head and one at the place of his feet where the body of Jesus had been” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 20:12 r6yy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἔκειτο 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had laid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 20:13 v5uj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγουσιν & λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 20:13 hjqb γύναι 1 See how you translated the similar use of **Woman** in [2:4](../02/04.md) and [4:21](../04/21.md). 20:13 hmx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν Κύριόν μου & αὐτόν 1 Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Lord’s body … it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 20:15 le9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει & λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 20:15 jti2 γύναι 1 See how you translated the word **Woman** in the previous verse. 20:15 ml7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche αὐτόν & αὐτόν & αὐτὸν 1 Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Lord’s body … it … it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 20:15 a5z2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ 1 Here Mary Magdalene implies that she would **take** Jesus’ body **away** and bury it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I will take him away and bury him again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 20:16 p9v0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει & λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 20:16 kepb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure Ἑβραϊστί, Ραββουνεί (ὃ λέγεται, Διδάσκαλε) 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “‘Rabboni’ (which means ‘Teacher’ in Hebrew)” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 20:16 dgjf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἑβραϊστί 1 See how you translated **in Hebrew** in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 20:16 k468 Ραββουνεί 1 Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word with Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning later in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language. 20:17 dzs7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 20:17 q3x5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα & τὸν Πατέρα μου & Πατέρα ὑμῶν 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 20:17 whh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς ἀδελφούς μου 1 Jesus used the word **my brothers** here to refer to his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my disciples, who are like brothers,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 20:17 dokk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἰπὲ αὐτοῖς, ἀναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “say to them that I go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) 20:17 hogb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἀναβαίνω 1 Here Jesus uses the present tense **I go up** to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will go up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 20:17 xbr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν 1 These two long phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize to whom Jesus will return. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “to God, who is my Father and your Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 20:18 unzu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 20:18 m6xn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 1 Your language may state “goes” rather than **comes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene goes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) 20:18 zf17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene comes to where the disciples were staying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 20:19 qj6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων 1 See how you translated **the first of the week** in [20:1](../20/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 20:19 hh2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων 1 Here John is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 20:19 e7cb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων ὅπου ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the disciples having closed the doors of where they were” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 20:19 g8bu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [19:38](../19/38.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 20:19 qsmq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 20:19 zj7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 This is an idiomatic expression, based on the Hebrew word and concept of “shalom.” It was both a greeting and a blessing. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I greet all of you and I wish for God to bless you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 20:20 bk9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας & αὐτοῖς 1 John uses **his hands** to refer to the nail marks from crucifixion that were in Jesus’ **hands**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he showed them the nail marks in his hands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 20:20 a444 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν πλευρὰν 1 John uses **his side** to refer to the wound that a Roman soldier made in Jesus’ **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spear wound in his side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 20:20 nb0v rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἰδόντες τὸν Κύριον 1 This could refer to: (1) the time when the disciples rejoiced, as in the UST. (2) the reason why the disciples rejoiced. Alternate translation: “because they saw the Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) 20:21 ylp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated **Peace to you** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 20:21 env3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατήρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 20:21 hw1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure καθὼς ἀπέσταλκέν με ὁ Πατήρ, κἀγὼ πέμπω ὑμᾶς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “I send you just as the Father has sent me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 20:21 vhzq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀπέσταλκέν με & κἀγὼ πέμπω ὑμᾶς 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “has sent me into the world, so I send you into the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 20:22 vjs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐνεφύσησεν 1 When Jesus **breathed on them**, he did this symbolic action in order to show that he would give his disciples the **Holy Spirit** in the near future. If this would be helpful to your readers, you could explain its significance. Alternate translation: “he breathed on them as a symbolic action” or “he breathed on them to symbolically show that he was going to give them the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) 20:22 avgi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐνεφύσησεν 1 Here, **breathed on** refers to Jesus blowing air out of his mouth. It does not refer to the normal act of inhaling and exhaling air into one’s lungs. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he blew air on them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 20:22 v9el rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 20:23 a9j7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται αὐτοῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 20:23 lb7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄν τινων κρατῆτε, κεκράτηνται 1 To retain **sins** means to not forgive someone for the **sins** that they have committed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever’s sins you might not forgive, they will not be forgiven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 20:23 mw5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κεκράτηνται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will retain them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 20:24 wqyb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated **the Twelve** in [6:67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) 20:24 krgw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people called Didymus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 20:25 n8vc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not believe unless I see in his hands the mark of the nails and put my finger into the mark of the nails and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) 20:25 i7ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see in his hands the mark of the nails and put my finger into the mark of the nails and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) 20:25 ss17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων -1 In both of these occurrences, Thomas is using **of** to describe **mark** made by **nails**. He is referring to the holes in Jesus’ hands that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. Alternate translation: “the marks made by nails … those marks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) 20:25 xasr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **his side** in [20:20](../20/20md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 20:25 iqn0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 Thomas is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not believe that Jesus has become alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 20:26 vzm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 20:26 r3iz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [20:19](../20/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 20:26 m5tl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated **Peace to you** in [20:19](../20/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 20:27 j85h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 20:27 xgwl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὧδε 1 Jesus uses **here** to refer to the places on his **hands** where there were holes. These holes in Jesus’ **hands** were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in these holes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 20:27 ai73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὰς χεῖράς μου 1 Jesus uses **my hands** to refer to the holes in Jesus’ **hands** that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the nail marks in my hands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 20:27 tax6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν πλευράν μου 1 Jesus uses **my side** to refer to the wound that a Roman soldier made in his **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spear wound in his side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 20:27 ncc3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus wants Thomas to believe that he has become alive again. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you absolutely must believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 20:27 n4pi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “do not be unbelieving that I have become alive again, but believe it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 20:29 zgv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 20:29 q81m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πεπίστευκας & πιστεύσαντες 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you have believed that I have become alive again … having believed that I have become alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 20:29 sax7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μακάριοι οἱ μὴ ἰδόντες 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God blesses those not having seen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 20:29 q9fb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μὴ ἰδόντες 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “not having seen me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 20:30-31 yd1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory 0 # General Information:\n\nIn [20:30–31](../20/30.md) John comments about the story he has written in chapters 1 through 20. He also states his reason for writing this book. He does this in order to indicate that the story is almost finished. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) 20:30 azxu σημεῖα 1 See how you translated the term **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles” 20:30 xz6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἃ οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since John wrote this Gospel, you should use the first person pronoun “I” to indicate who did the action. Alternate translation: “which I have not written in this book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 20:31 zlc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** could mean: (1) the miraculous signs that John wrote about in his Gospel and mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “these signs” (2) everything that John wrote about in his Gospel. Alternate translation: “everything in this book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 20:31 am9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ταῦτα δὲ γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but the author wrote about these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 20:31 mlqg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you πιστεύητε & ἔχητε 1 In this verse **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) people who are reading this Gospel and do not trust in Jesus for salvation. Alternate translation: “you might believe … you might have” (2) people who are reading this Gospel and already believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “you would continue believing … you would continue to have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) 20:31 p5k4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) 20:31 uem2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πιστεύοντες 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “believing that Jesus is the Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) 20:31 ip1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ζωὴν 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 20:31 vgwe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **in** indicates the means by which people can have eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of his name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 20:31 qxdy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his name** could refer to: (1) Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “through union with him” or “by the power of his person” (2) calling on Jesus’ name for salvation. Alternate translation: “by calling on his name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) 21:intro e1bg 0 # John 21 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus eats breakfast with his disciples (21:1–14)\n2. Jesus restores Peter as his disciple (21:15–19)\n3. Jesus and Peter speak about John (21:20–23)\n4. John concludes his Gospel (21:24–25)\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The metaphor of sheep\n\nBefore Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep ([10:11](../10/11.md)). After he became alive again, Jesus commanded Peter to take care of other believers in the same way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”\n\nThe apostle John referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” twice in this chapter ([21:7](../21/07.md), [20](../21/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to use a first person pronoun for these references and the other references to John throughout this chapter. You would also need to use first person plural pronouns in this chapter for all references to the disciples as a group, since John was one of them. If your language can retain the third person references, then you may want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### Different words for “love”\n\nIn [21:15–17](../21/15.md), Jesus and Peter speak to each other using two different words in the original language that could both be translated as “love.” These words are often used interchangeably. However, when they are used together, as in [21:15–17](../21/15.md), they can have slightly different meanings. One word can refer to a type of love that is based on affection and friendship, but the other word can refer to a type of love that is based on sincere devotion and high esteem for the person being loved. Although the UST translates both of these words as “love,” the notes will provide more specific alternatives. 21:1 x44v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent μετὰ ταῦτα 1 This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) 21:1 yj6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names θαλάσσης τῆς Τιβεριάδος 1 This **Sea** was also called “the Sea of Galilee.” See how you translated the similar name in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 21:2-3 et5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background 0 # General Information:\n\n[21:2–3](../21/02.md) provide background information on what happens in the story before Jesus appears to his disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 21:2 b421 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 See how you translated this phrase in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 21:2 m4gx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Κανὰ τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 See how you translated **Cana of Galilee** in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) 21:2 xyiv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου 1 This phrase refers to the disciples John and James, whom Jesus called “sons of thunder” in [Mark 3:17](../../mrk/03/17.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “James and I, the sons of Zebedee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 21:3 pqlw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει & λέγουσιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 21:3 zow1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When the disciples say **We**, they are speaking of themselves without Peter, so **We** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 21:3 p8f0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐρχόμεθα 1 Your language may state “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are going” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) 21:3 l2s6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐνέβησαν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον 1 Here, **got in a boat** implies that they also took the boat out on the Sea of Tiberias in order to fish. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “got into a boat and went fishing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 21:4 j7jx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἐστιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 21:5 jrth rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 21:5 wgd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor παιδία 1 Here Jesus uses the word **Children** as an affectionate way to address his disciples. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My dear friends” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 21:5 o62p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μή τι προσφάγιον ἔχετε? 1 Jesus asks this question in a way that expects a negative response. He knows that the disciples did not catch any fish. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “you were not able to get any fish to eat, were you?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 21:6 l2jd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὑρήσετε 1 Here, **some** refers to fish. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will find some fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 21:7 u5c3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes for this chapter. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md), [18:15](../18/15.md), and [20:2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 21:7 kfh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 21:7 h3p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο 1 Here, **outer garment** refers to a coat that would be worn over a person’s regular clothing. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “put on his cloak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 21:7 eve2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἦν γὰρ γυμνός 1 Here, **undressed** does not mean that Peter was naked. Rather, Peter had taken off **his outer garment** so that it would be easier for him to work. Now that he was about to greet Jesus, he wanted to wear more clothing. Alternate translation: “for he had taken off most of his clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 21:7 ab4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 This implies that Peter jumped into the **sea** in order to swim to the shore. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “threw himself into the sea and swam to shore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 21:8 wrd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 Here John provides this background information about the location of the boat the disciples were fishing in. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “for the boat was near the land, only about 200 cubits away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 21:8 k1j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἦσαν 1 If you translated “the disciple whom Jesus loved” in the previous verse with a first person form, then you will need to use the first person plural “we” here. You will also need to use first person plural pronouns in all occurrences of third person plural pronouns that refer to the disciples throughout the rest of this chapter. Alternate translation: “we were” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 21:8 c1j8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 A **cubit** is a measurement of distance equivalent to a little less than half of one meter or about one yard. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about 90 meters” or “about 100 yards” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) 21:9 ilgt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture βλέπουσιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 21:9 r0ka rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀνθρακιὰν κειμένην, καὶ ὀψάριον ἐπικείμενον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a charcoal fire that Jesus had kindled, and a fish that Jesus had laid on it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 21:9 oi9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ὀψάριον ἐπικείμενον, καὶ ἄρτον 1 The words **fish** and **bread**are singular nouns. These could mean: (1) Jesus had one fish and one loaf of bread, as in the UST. (2) Jesus had an unknown amount of fish and bread that are referred to collectively. Alternate translation: “some fish laid on it, and some bread loaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) 21:10 pwch rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 21:11 f7mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀνέβη οὖν Σίμων Πέτρος 1 Here, **went up** means that Simon Peter went back to the boat. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Simon Peter went up into the boat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 21:11 lsh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐσχίσθη τὸ δίκτυον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fish did not tear the net” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 21:12 tq70 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει & ἐστιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 21:12 jvsm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐξετάσαι αὐτόν, σὺ τίς εἶ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “to ask him who he is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) 21:13 x5pq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται & λαμβάνει & δίδωσιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 21:14 tp3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τρίτον 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “time number 3.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 21:14 nz9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐφανερώθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “showed himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 21:14 q55e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 21:14 y94q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 Here, **raised from the dead** is an idiom that refers to a dead person becoming alive again. See how you translated a similar phrase in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “having become alive after he died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 21:15 avdf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει & λέγει & λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 21:15 xwxd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀγαπᾷς με & φιλῶ σε 1 The two occurrences of **love** in this verse are two different words in the original language. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this in your translation. See the discussion of this concept in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “do you love me with great esteem … I love you with affection” or “do you love me deeply … I love you like a friend” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 21:15 t1uj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πλέον τούτων 1 Here, **these** could refer to: (1) the other disciples who were there with Jesus and Peter. This meaning would indicate Jesus is asking Peter if he loves Jesus more than the other disciples love him. Alternate translation: “more than these disciples love me” (2) the fish, boat, and other equipment that were used for catching fish, which was Peter’s former job. Alternate translation: “more than these fishing tools” or “more than your former job” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 21:15 qja3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία μου 1 Jesus uses **Feed my lambs** to refer to providing for the spiritual needs of people who trust in Jesus. Here Jesus is commanding Peter to take care of other believers in the same way that Jesus took care of them while he was with them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Take care of the people who believe in me like a shepherd feeds lambs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 21:16 szk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει & λέγει & λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 21:16 p9vr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal δεύτερον 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “time number 2.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 21:16 rfew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀγαπᾷς με & φιλῶ σε 1 The two occurrences of **love** in this verse are two different words in the original language. See how you translated these phrases in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 21:16 vk16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποίμαινε τὰ πρόβατά μου 1 This sentence has the same meaning as “Feed my lambs” in the previous verse. See how you translated that similar sentence there. Alternate translation: “Take care of the people who believe in me like a shepherd takes care of lambs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 21:17 cysn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει & λέγει & λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 21:17 fj84 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τὸ τρίτον -1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “time number 3 … time number 3.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) 21:17 kmch rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit φιλεῖς με & φιλεῖς με & φιλῶ σε 1 The three occurrences of **love** in this verse are all the same word in the original language. However, this word is different from the word Jesus used for **love** in the previous two verses when he asked Peter, “Do you love me?” You should use the same word for **love** in this verse that you used for Peter’s responses in the previous two verses when he said, “You know that I love you.” See the discussion of this concept in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “do you love me with affection … Do you love me with affection … I love you with affection” or “do you love me like a friend … Do you love me like a friend … I love you like a friend” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 21:17 ayds rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἶπεν αὐτῷ τὸ τρίτον, φιλεῖς με 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked him the third time if he loved him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) 21:17 p8aa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ προβάτια μου 1 This sentence has the same meaning as “Feed my lambs” in verse 15 and “Take care of my sheep” in the previous verse. See how you translated those similar sentences in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “Take care of the people who believe in me like a shepherd feeds sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 21:18 sqb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) 21:18 bqps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐζώννυες σεαυτὸν & ζώσει σε 1 Although **gird** means to put on a belt, Jesus uses it in this verse to refer to putting on clothes. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you used to dress yourself … will dress you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 21:18 qltf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκτενεῖς τὰς χεῖράς σου 1 Here, **stretch out** means to extend one’s hands away from one’s sides. This describes the posture of someone who is being crucified. It does not mean that the **hands** themselves stretch. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will extend your hands out from your sides” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 21:19 ys3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν Θεόν 1 **Now** here indicates that in this sentence John is giving background information in order to explain what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) 21:19 kpf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 21:19 k8z1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀκολούθει μοι 1 See how you translated the phrase **Follow me** in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 21:20 eg23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture βλέπει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 21:20 wzm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes for this chapter. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md), [18:15](../18/15.md), [20:2](../20/02.md), and [21:7](../21/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 21:20 ikd4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀκολουθοῦντα 1 If your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **them** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 21:20 ys31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ 1 John here refers to **the dinner** Jesus had with his disciples on the night before he was crucified. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the last dinner they had together before Jesus died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 21:20 aba3 Κύριε, τίς ἐστιν, ὁ παραδιδούς σε 1 See how you translated the similar sentence in [13:25](../13/25.md). 21:21 u5rr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 21:21 cf5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Κύριε, οὗτος δὲ τί 1 Peter implies that he wants to know what will happen to John in the future. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Lord, what will happen to this one?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 21:22 yc52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 21:22 e3xi rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν 1 Here, **him** refers to John, the “disciple whom Jesus loved” in [John 21:20](../21/20.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 21:22 tef8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔρχομαι 1 Jesus uses **come** here to refer to the time in the future when he will return to earth from heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I come back to this world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 21:22 tf23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί πρὸς σέ? 1 **Jesus** is using a rhetorical question here to mildly rebuke Peter. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “that has nothing to do with you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) 21:22 dvts rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μοι ἀκολούθει 1 See how you translated this sentence in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 21:23 wmzo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὗτος ὁ λόγος 1 Here, **this word** refers to what **the brothers** say about John’s future in the next clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the following report about John’s future” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 21:23 np23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐξῆλθεν & οὗτος ὁ λόγος 1 John uses **spread** to refer to **this word** being repeated among the believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this word was repeated” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) 21:23 c2cr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the fellow believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) 21:23 chsq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, **that disciple** refers to the apostle John. If this might confuse your readers, you could state that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 21:23 wb7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει & ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει 1 John is using the present tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. If this might confuse your readers, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “will not die … that he will not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) 21:23 cs14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 The pronoun **him** here refers to Peter. If this might confuse your readers, you could state that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 21:23 elmi rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει & αὐτὸν 1 The pronouns **he** and **him** here refer to John. If this might confuse your readers, you could state that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) 21:23 qxqr ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν ἕως ἔρχομαι, τί πρὸς σέ 1 See how you translated this sentence in the previous verse. 21:24-25 s5bp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory 0 # General Information:\n\nIn [21:24–25](../21/24.md) John indicates the end of his Gospel by giving a closing comment about himself and what he has written in this book. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) 21:24 d6t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων, καὶ ὁ γράψας ταῦτα, καὶ οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀληθὴς αὐτοῦ ἡ μαρτυρία ἐστίν 1 In this verse John is speaking about himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I am the disciple who testifies about these things and who wrote these things, and we know that my testimony is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) 21:24 f7ww rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τούτων & ταῦτα 1 In this verse, **these things** refers to everything that John has written in this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “everything in this book … all these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) 21:24 h5i9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 Here the pronoun **we** is exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) 21:24 l03o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo οἴδαμεν 1 Here, **we** could refer to: (1) John and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, as in [1:14](../01/14.md) and [1 John 1:2–7](../../1jn/01/02.md). Alternate translation: “We eyewitnesses of Jesus’ life know” (2) the elders in the church at Ephesus where John lived at the end of his life. Alternate translation: “We elders of the church at Ephesus know” However, since who **we** refers to is uncertain, it would be best not to explain the meaning further. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) 21:25 l3hz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐὰν γράφηται καθ’ ἕν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if someone wrote down each one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 21:25 i9n8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole οὐδ’ αὐτὸν & τὸν κόσμον χωρήσειν τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία 1 John exaggerates to emphasize that Jesus did very many good things. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language to show this emphasis. Alternate translation: “a very large amount of books about these miracles would be written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) 21:25 h3zw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 Here, **the world** refers to either the surface of the earth or the universe. Either meaning would achieve John’s purpose. If your language does not have a general expression for **world**, you could use an alternate expression. Alternate translation: “the whole earth” or “the whole universe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) 21:25 xn87 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the books that someone would write” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])